The treaty, word by word — both witnesses, every flag published

The Interlinear of Record

The office's claim is that the Arabic governs the sense — and a claim that can be shown need not be argued. This page lays the 1786 sealed grant and its 1836 recordation open word by word: the Arabic of record with transliteration, gloss, and its facsimile-read confidence flag; the carried English quoted exactly as carried; and, on the doctrine-bearing words, summary cards of the Mālikī rules, the period authorities, and the maxims — every summary compressed, labeled, and pinned to its locus in the volumes of record, so that the page educates and the volumes complete.

The model. The interlinear apparatus follows the BibleHub model, enhanced and perfected for a legal-diplomatic instrument (the format of record, Chapter 21 prototype): where the reference model gives a Strong's number and a modern lexicon, this record gives period anchors — Khalīl's Mukhtaṣar, Johnson (1755), Blackstone, and the locked Volume D glosses — never an anachronistic lexicon; and every Arabic unit carries its confidence flag: [W] word-level verified on the certified facsimile · [S] phrase/strip level · [O] suspended (region confirmed positionally; word-form unresolved — it asserts no reading). The witnesses: A the 1786 sealed book · B the 1786 treaty-form face · 1836 the recordation's Arabic · E the 1786 carried English · E36 the 1836 English · L the Leiden literal.

The discipline. The carried English is quoted as carried — misrenderings are flagged, never silently fixed. Where the facsimile and a carried pin diverge, both are disclosed (see Chapter 25). Chapters not yet transcribed are marked in course of transcription — nothing is printed ahead of the record, and our uncertainty is published, not hidden: a record that shows its flags cannot be accused of concealing them. Every summary ends at its locus: the full rule with its evidences lives in the volumes (the library of record) and is examined in the NI-Ijāzah course.

Volumes of record cited on this page. The Architecture of Peace series — 26 volumes of record, 21 in public offer: the fifteen-volume series (A–O), the five companions of record, and the examination & certification series. The complete cited-volume key is:

ḤIBAH Doctrine Volume — chapters 6, 10, 16, 19, 20, and 30; the war-contingency protections cited at Chapter 3; the remedy architecture cited at Chapter 5.
CORPUS Sourcebook Volume — line 61 (Chapters 4 and 21), line 67 (Chapter 24), and line 69 (preamble).
Companion-I — the gateway framework — gateway-framework citations at Chapters 6–11, 13–14, 17–18, and 23; chapter 10 for the limits of the 1952 judgment.
Companion-J — the office’s motion — chapter 2 and sections 1.4 and 2.2 (Chapter 20 and the corridor); Appendix A.1 (the tribunal face).
Volume D, The Period Dictionary — the locked period-anchor glosses (Chapter 5 plate and the model of period meaning).
Volume J, The Host and the Guest — chapter 15.
Volume K, The Law of Grants and the Law of Trusts — chapters 1 and 9–10.
Companion K, The Office Corridor — Part II, chapter 5; Part III, chapter 6; the venue of record for Chapters 20–22.

The dated errata and research notes of record, and the five-module course (Modules II and IV), remain separately identified at their loci. The series catalogue supplies the reading pathway; the store’s volume catalogue supplies the acquisition pathway. Citation discipline: the primary instrument controls documentary wording; classical Mālikī authority controls the Mālikī rule; grant-law and trust-law authority controls the trust elements and fiduciary consequences; the Architecture of Peace pins identify the developed series application without replacing those authorities. The summaries here are compressed and pinned; the volumes complete.

The units of the grant. The 1786 book’s own word for each unit is شَرْط (sharṭ) — a stipulation: a condition, a binding term. The carried English of 1786 renders the units “Articles”; this office styles them “Chapters” in its instruments (the Chapter 21 Tribunal, the Chapter 4 ʿAlāma). Three conventions, one count: each Chapter is one stipulation of the grant, and the Arabic governs every rendering on this page — where the Arabic is Englished below, the units read “Stipulation the First,” “Stipulation the Second,” and so on.

The controlling characterization. The hiba is unilateral, permanent, vertical, and non-invertible. Vertical and non-invertible mean that the Emperor retains superior sovereignty; the United States receives only delegated usufruct rights (rights of use and enjoyment) and a franchise; and the grantee can never become the grantor. This characterization controls every compressed summary on the page; no English bilateral recasting can invert the grant or substitute a bilateral bargain for the governing instrument.

The witnesses of record — verify every word against the facsimiles

The facsimile arbitrates. Every Arabic panel on this page carries its page-pinned image cut from the certified reproductions of record, so the reader compares and verifies against the sources themselves — no trust in the transcriber required. The full certified volumes from which the images are cut are served free, verified byte-exact against the register of record:

The witness objects — comparison and verification layer
Witness object	What it carries	Access
DOR Appendix — Facsimile (DOR-AF)	The 1786 plates of record — the sealed book and the treaty-form faces (Miller, vol. 2, Document 14): Articles 12–25 at prints 198–211, folio ٢٤ at print 210, folio ٢٥ at print 211. Pin convention of record: PDF page = print − 183 (Article 20 → print 206 → PDF 23; Article 21 → 207 → 24; Article 22 → 208 → 25; Article 24 → 210 → 27; Article 25 → 211 → 28).	DOR-AF.pdf — free, served from this site of record 2026-09-12 (byte-identical to the register)
DOR Second Appendix — Facsimile, Parts 1–3 (DOR-2AF1/2/3)	The second-appendix facsimile tiers of record (see the library table for their contents and register hashes).	1.1 · 1.2 · 1.3 · 2.1 · 2.2 · 2.3 · 2.4 · 3 — all free, served from this site of record 2026-09-13; Parts 1–2 as sequential transmission segments (page ranges in the library table)
Miller, vol. 4 (GPO 1934), Document 81	The 1836 recordation — Arabic prints 34–59, English prints 60–66. The 1836 witness images on this page are cut from the full scan of record. Pin convention: physical page = print + 27 (Article 21 → print 55; Article 24 → print 58). The certified 1836 readings for Chapters 3, 6, 15, 16, 19, 24 are entered of record in the 1836-Arabic transcription note of record, 2026-09-12; the readings for Chapters 1 and 2 are entered of record 2026-10-24, read from the facsimiles of record (both witnesses, plates below).	page-pinned images below; the plates likewise underlie the DOR volumes
The grantee's own certified copy — the LoC-certified 1836 grant	The 1836 treaty as printed in the U.S. Statutes at Large (8 Stat. 484–487), certified by the Library of Congress Duplication Services on 2014-09-04 — the recordation's English (and its Arabic print) under third-party certification: 3,882,289 bytes, verified live 2026-09-12.	LOC-CERTIFIED-1836-grant.pdf — free at the store
The carried English, quoted verbatim	The 1786 carried English (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez) stands with every chapter below, exactly as carried, as an object of the audit. The LoC-certified 1836 English (8 Stat. 484–487; Miller, vol. 4, prints 60–66) is likewise exhibited with every chapter below, transcribed from the certified copy of record. Both English versions remain audit objects, never the standard. A LoC-certified 1786 English (8 Stat. 100–133) remains the one outstanding optional symmetry item — acquisition pending at the author's gate.	on this page, per chapter

The discipline of record. Every served object is byte-identical to a hash-recorded artifact of record; if a served file ever fails to match its register hash, the register — not the file — is the record. Pin correction of record (2026-09-12): the 2026-09-09 builder specification cites the sealed-book cluster at prints 198–206 and Article 21 at prints 198–200; the plates arbitrate otherwise — prints 198–200 carry Articles 12–14, the office-function cluster stands at prints 206–208, and the sealed book spans prints 186–211. This page carries the plate-verified pins; the tribunal page carries the author's specification copy verbatim under the verbatim-copy discipline, and a certified correction of that copy stands queued at the author's gate. The facsimile arbitrates.

The preamble

The preamble — declared permanent, if God please

الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ [مَلِيكٍ؟][O] شَرِيفٍ مُنِيفٍ عَظِيمٌ، الَّذِي [لَدَيْهِ؟][O+] جَعَلْنَاهَا مَعَ [الْأَمْرِيكَانَ؟][O+] وَمَنْ مَعَنَا، أَثْبَتْنَاهَا فِي هٰذَا [السِّفْرِ؟][O+] وَ[خَتَمْنَاهَا؟][O+] بِخَاتِمِنَا عَلَيْهَا، [حَتَّىٰ؟][O+] قَائِمَةٌ [تَدُومُ؟][O+] [إِنْ] شَاءَ اللَّهُ — الْخَامِسَ وَالْعِشْرِينَ مِنْ شَعْبَانَ الْمُبَارَكِ مِائَتَيْنِ وَأَلْفٍ.

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, EnglishedPraise be to God — [a sovereign?], noble, exalted, sublime; [in whose presence?] we made it with [the Americans?] and whoever is with us; which we confirmed in this [book?] and [sealed it?] with our seal upon it — [so that?] permanent, [enduring?], if God please. The twenty-fifth of the blessed Shaʿbān, two hundred and thousand.Desk rendering, 2026-10-27 — subordinate in all things to the Arabic above; brackets mark forms still under review and assert no reading. What stands unbracketed is facsimile-verified.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — print 186, the seal page: the imperial seal reads الْوَاثِقُ بِاللَّهِ / مُحَمَّد بْن عَبْدِ اللَّهِ at center, الله أَكْبَر on the top arc, rosette medallions flanking. The granter names himself on the face of that seal: الْوَاثِقُ بِاللَّهِ (al-Wāthiq bi-llāh — “he who trusts in God”), the regnal epithet of مُحَمَّد بْن عَبْدِ اللَّهِ, Muḥammad ibn ʿAbdallāh — the sovereign of Morocco whom later convention numbers Sidi Mohammed III (r. 1757–1790; the name as this estate’s masthead styles it). The instrument carries the name and the epithet, never the numeral: “III” is a later regnal numbering, useful for identification, absent from the grant itself. When the first stipulation opens بِالْوَاثِقِ الْمَشْهُورِ — “by al-Wāthiq, the renowned” — it is the same man speaking in his own person: the grant runs from his hand. Transcribed from the facsimile of record, brackets marking the word-forms still under review ([O] asserts no reading). Corrections of record, 2026-10-25: (1) the former face of this panel opened the 1786 book with the basmala — the plate carries no basmala on print 186 (the text opens الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ) nor at the Chapter-1 head on print 187; the basmala belongs to the 1836 recordation’s own preamble, and the former attribution is struck; (2) the former duration row تَظَلَّ دَائِمًا, glossed against the carried English “it will remain permanent,” is re-seated: the plate’s duration clause centers on قَائِمَةٌ (candidate clause “[حَتَّىٰ؟] قَائِمَةٌ [تَدُومُ؟] [إِنْ] شَاءَ اللَّهُ” — permanent, [enduring?], if God please); تَظَلَّ دَائِمًا has no verified seat on the 1786 face and is struck from the Arabic-of-record column. The 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 60) carries its own preamble: “In the name of God, the merciful and Clement! (Abd Errahman Ibenu Kesham whom God exalt!) Praise be to God! This is the copy of the Treaty of peace which we have made with the Americans; and written in this book; affixing thereto our blessed Seal, that, with the help of God, it may remain firm for ever. Written at Meccanez, the City of Olives, on the 3d day of the month Jumad el lahhar, in the year of the Hegira 1252 (corresponding to Sept. 16, A.D. 1836).” Divergences of record: (1) the basmala — absent from the 1786 face, opening the 1836 preamble; (2) the duration clause — قَائِمَةٌ … شَاءَ اللَّهُ (1786) / “may remain firm for ever” (1836 exhibit); (3) the place of writing — restated FINAL 2026-10-27: the clause is ABSENT from the 1786 face — the book closes on مِائَتَيْنِ وَأَلْفٍ, no كُتِبَ, no بِـ, no place-name (the corpus’s tenth [O]-class closure, corrections block item f); the carried English’s “at our Court of Morocco” stands as a plus of its own tradition with no Arabic seat; the Leiden literal’s Marrakesh is the translation witness’s own plus; the 1836 names Meccanez for its own recordation; (4) the dates — 25 Shaʿbān 1200 (1786) / 3 Jumādā l-Ākhira 1252 (1836). The 1786 date line matches the Leiden literal word-for-word, including the unusual مِائَتَيْنِ وَأَلْفٍ order (“two hundred and thousand”). Dated corrections of record 2026-10-27 — the preamble sitting (print 186, the seal page; the residual brackets arbitrated against the facsimile): (a) SUPERSEDED-2026-10-27__ [مَكْتُوبَةٌ؟]: the seat holds one short word — a tall, a grand bowl with an above-dash, a dot below (maximum-zoom isolation) — insufficient for the six-letter مَكْتُوبَةٌ; re-read [مَلِيكٍ؟][O] leading (the tanwin of the three following adjectives agrees with an indefinite noun — most likely the sovereign’s own station; alternates الْمَلِكِ؟ / سِفْرٍ؟), asserts no reading; (b) SUPERSEDED-2026-10-27__ [لَدَىٰ؟]: re-read [لَدَيْهِ؟][O+] — the tall, the bowl, and the هِ ring-with-under-sweep all placed; “in whose presence we made it” — the syntax clicks; (c) [الْأَمْرِيكَانَ؟] upgraded [O+] — the flat نَ tail kills الْمَرْكَانِيشَ at this seat (no ش signature, no three-dot cluster); the preamble’s counterparty lexeme stands distinct from Chapters 1/2’s الْمَرْكَانِيشِ — lexical note of record; (d) [السِّفْرِ؟] and [خَتَمْنَاهَا؟] corroborated on the face, holding [O+]; [حَتَّىٰ؟] and [تَدُومُ؟] upgraded [O+] (حَتَّىٰ: the bowl, the doubled-t marks, the ىٰ sweep; تَدُومُ: the two dots above, the two bowls, the مُ ring); [إِنْ] stays under review (the نْ bars corroborate; the أ tall unplaced); (e) the date line verified whole — الْخَامِسَ وَالْعِشْرِينَ مِنْ شَعْبَانَ الْمُبَارَكِ مِائَتَيْنِ وَأَلْفٍ — with مِائَتَيْنِ [W]: the hand’s signature (the م ring, the tall, the تَ bowl with two dots above, the يْ dots below, the grand نِ tail) — corroborating the Chapter-1 line-6 candidate of the same form (its watch item gains the signature-parallel; unasserted there). Usage-note of record: the ordinal الْخَامِسَ وَالْعِشْرِينَ runs units-first, syndetic, against Chapter 1’s cardinal عِشْرُونَ خَمْسَةَ, tens-first, asyndetic — the same hand, register-dependent; the two readings mutually corroborate; (f) SUPERSEDED-2026-10-27__ [كُتِبَ بِـ…؟]: the seat x280–550 carries NO ink (maximum-zoom isolation) — no كُتِبَ, no بِـ, no place-name; the flourish tail beneath the date belongs to the date words’ own ink. THE PLACE-OF-WRITING CLAUSE CLOSES ABSENT — the corpus’s TENTH [O]-class closure. Scope decision of record 2026-10-27: the preamble (print 186, the seal page) stands OUTSIDE the twenty-five-chapter count; the date clause belongs to the seal-page colophon; the panel stays single, one face.

The 1786 sealed book, the seal page — the imperial seal and the preamble (Miller, vol. 2, print 186; DOR-AF PDF 3).

The 1836 recordation opens — the imperial seal and the preamble page (Miller, vol. 4, print 34; cut from the scan of record).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 3 (= print 186, the seal page) · Miller vol. 4, print 34 (= physical 61) · the 1836 preamble text, Miller vol. 4, print 60 · the carried English of record, DOR-AF PDF 29 (= print 213).

The audit at a glance — the Arabic of record, its rendering, and the carried English beside it
Arabic of record	Transliteration	Rendering of the Arabic	The carried English under audit	Flag
الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ [مَلِيكٍ؟] شَرِيفٍ مُنِيفٍ عَظِيمٌ	al-ḥamdu li-llāh [malīkin?] sharīfin munīfin ʿaẓīm	“Praise be to God — [a sovereign?], noble, exalted, sublime” — the 1786 face’s own opening; no basmala stands anywhere on the plate; the seat re-read 2026-10-27 — مَكْتُوبَةٌ killed (one short word on the plate: a tall, a grand bowl with above-dash, a dot below), [مَلِيكٍ؟][O] leading, the three adjectives’ tanwin agreeing with an indefinite noun — most likely the sovereign’s own station	“In the name of Almighty God” — a name-of-God formula with no verified Arabic seat on the 1786 face; the basmala belongs to the 1836 recordation’s preamble (correction of record 2026-10-25)	[W]
[لَدَيْهِ؟] جَعَلْنَاهَا مَعَ [الْأَمْرِيكَانَ؟] وَمَنْ مَعَنَا	[ladayhi?] jaʿalnāhā maʿa [al-Amrīkān?] wa-man maʿanā	“[in whose presence?] we made it with [the Americans?], and whoever is with us” — first person, the granter’s own voice; 2026-10-27: [لَدَيْهِ؟] re-read [O+] (the tall, the bowl, the هِ sweep — supersedes [لَدَىٰ؟]); الْأَمْرِيكَانَ upgraded [O+] — the flat نَ tail kills الْمَرْكَانِيشَ at this seat; the preamble’s counterparty lexeme stands distinct from Chapters 1/2’s الْمَرْكَانِيشِ (lexical note of record)	“established between us and the United States of America”	[W-]
أَثْبَتْنَاهَا فِي هٰذَا [السِّفْرِ؟]	athbatnāhā fī hādhā [s-sifr?]	“which we confirmed in this [book?]”	“which we have ordered to be written in this Book”	[W-]
وَ[خَتَمْنَاهَا؟] بِخَاتِمِنَا عَلَيْهَا	wa-[khatamnāhā?] bi-khātiminā ʿalayhā	“and [sealed it?] with our seal upon it”	“and sealed with our Royal Seal”	[W-]
[حَتَّىٰ؟] قَائِمَةٌ [تَدُومُ؟] [إِنْ] شَاءَ اللَّهُ	[ḥattā?] qāʾimatun [tadūmu?] [in] shāʾa llāh	“[so that?] permanent, [enduring?], if God please” — the preamble’s own duration word is قَائِمَةٌ; the former row تَظَلَّ دَائِمًا struck (correction of record 2026-10-25); 2026-10-27: [حَتَّىٰ؟] and [تَدُومُ؟] upgraded [O+] (elements placed); [إِنْ] stays under review (the نْ bars corroborate, the أ tall unplaced)	“trusting in God it will remain permanent” — the closest correspondence in the carried preamble	[W-]
الْخَامِسَ وَالْعِشْرِينَ مِنْ شَعْبَانَ الْمُبَارَكِ مِائَتَيْنِ وَأَلْفٍ	al-khāmisa wa-l-ʿishrīna min shaʿbāna l-mubāraki miʾatayni wa-alfin	“the twenty-fifth of the blessed Shaʿbān, two hundred and thousand” — 25 Shaʿbān 1200; matches the Leiden literal word-for-word, مِائَتَيْنِ وَأَلْفٍ order and all; 2026-10-27: مِائَتَيْنِ [W] — the hand’s signature (م ring, tall, تَ two dots above, يْ dots below, the grand نِ tail), corroborating the Chapter-1 line-6 candidate; usage-note of record — the ordinal runs units-first syndetic against Chapter 1’s tens-first asyndetic cardinal, register-dependent, mutually corroborating	“on the twenty fifth day of the blessed Month of Shaban, in the Year One thousand two hundred”	[W-]
[كُتِبَ بِـ… — absent]	[no place clause]	the place-of-writing clause — CLOSED ABSENT 2026-10-27: maximum-zoom isolation shows the seat carries no ink — no كُتِبَ, no بِـ, no place-name; the book closes on مِائَتَيْنِ وَأَلْفٍ plus the date words’ flourish tail; the corpus’s tenth [O]-class closure; the Leiden literal’s Marrakesh = the translation witness’s own plus	“at our Court of Morocco” — a plus of the carried tradition with no Arabic seat — divergence (3) restated final; the 1836 witness names Meccanez for its own recordation	[W-]

The preamble declares the grant **permanent by its own words** — before any chapter speaks. That declaration is the anchor of the Chapter 25 adjudication: a duration cap meeting a grant already declared qāʾima is the repugnant condition that falls while the grant stands. **SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: ḤIBAH ch. 20 · CORPUS line 69 · the 2026-08-03 correction of record.**

“In the name of Almighty God, This is a Treaty of Peace and Friendship established between us and the United States of America, which is confirmed, and which we have ordered to be written in this Book and sealed with our Royal Seal at our Court of Morocco on the twenty fifth day of the blessed Month of Shaban, in the Year One thousand two hundred, trusting in God it will remain permanent.” — The 1786 carried English (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate), exhibited for audit against the Arabic standard above. It is the object of the audit, not the standard; every divergence of record stands marked in the table.

Chapter 1 of 25

By al-Wāthiq the renowned — the agent named, twenty-five stipulations

الشرط الأول — بِالْوَاثِقِ الْمَشْهُورِ […][O] أَلْقَى [عَلَيْهِ؟][O] وَكِيلِهِمُ الْمُشَاوِرَ الْمَشْهُورَ تُومَسْ بَارْكْلَايْ عِشْرُونَ خَمْسَةَ شَرْطًا، الْجَانِبَيْنِ […][O] [صُلْحِهِمْ؟][O+] مَعَنَا أُمُورِهِمْ جَمِيعِ [قَبِلَهَا؟][O+] الْمَرْكَانِيشِ […][O] الْوَاقِعِ عِشْرِينَ […][O] […][O] […][O] جَانِبَيْنِ [سُلْطَانِ؟][O+] [مِائَتَيْنِ؟][O+] شُرُوطِهِ الْمُتَقَدِّمَةِ جَمِيعًا [تَفْوِيضٍ؟][O+] [فَرِيقَيْنِ؟][O+] — الْمُبِينِ.

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, EnglishedStipulation the First — by al-Wāthiq, the renowned, [—]: he cast upon [him?] their agent, the renowned counselor Thomas Barclay; twenty-five stipulations — the count runs tens-first on the face — the two sides; [—] [their peace?] with us, their affairs, all of it, [he accepted?]; the Americans [—]; the occurring — twenty [—]; [—] [—] the two sides, the Sultan[?], [two hundred?]; his aforementioned stipulations, all of them, [by the delegation?] of [the two sides?] — the evident.Desk rendering, 2026-10-27 — subordinate in all things to the Arabic above; brackets mark forms still under review and assert no reading. What stands unbracketed is facsimile-verified.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — print 187, seven lines plus the one-word close; transcribed from the facsimile of record (plate-verified 2026-10-24/25; the residual arbitration of the seventeen brackets completed 2026-10-27), brackets marking the word-forms still under review ([O] asserts no reading). Divergences of record against the 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 35; the former artext of this panel, demoted of record 2026-10-25): (1) the opening — the 1786 body opens بِالْوَاثِقِ الْمَشْهُورِ, the granter named by his regnal epithet, where the 1836 runs إِنَّ هٰذِهِ الشُّرُوطَ الْمَذْكُورَةَ فِي سِفْرِهَا… (“these stipulations mentioned in its book”); (2) the count — the 1786 plate carries عِشْرُونَ خَمْسَةَ شَرْطًا, “twenty-five stipulations,” tens-first and asyndetic on the face (order of record 2026-10-27, superseding the 10-25 five-and-twenty note), with no سَنَةً at the count; the 1836 zone stands flagged [خَمْسَةً وَعِشْرُونَ سَنَةً][O] in its own reading — if a سَنَةً form ever locks on the 1836 face it enters of record as a first-order divergence (years for stipulations); a second count عِشْرِينَ now stands of record on the 1786 face (line 5), its clause-role open; (3) the agent — the 1786 names him وَكِيلِهِمُ الْمُشَاوِرَ الْمَشْهُورَ تُومَسْ بَارْكْلَايْ, “their agent, the renowned counselor, Thomas Barclay” (the surname locked [W-] 2026-10-27); the 1836 carries وَكِيلُهُ قَدْ فُوِّضَ, “his agent was empowered” — the empowerment lexeme’s 1786 seat re-reads [تَفْوِيضٍ؟] at line 7 (corrections block, item k); (4) the close — the 1786 carries شُرُوطِهِ الْمُتَقَدِّمَةِ جَمِيعًا, “his aforementioned stipulations, all of them” (postposed جَمِيعًا), and closes on الْمُبِينِ, “the evident” — settled 2026-10-25 as the chapter’s own closing word, not a catchword (print 188 opens الشَّرْطَ); the 1836 ends بِالْخَبَرِ الْمُبِينِ, “with the evident report.” The 1836 text of record, print 35, for comparison: إِنَّ هٰذِهِ الشُّرُوطَ الْمَذْكُورَةَ فِي سِفْرِهَا فِي هٰذَا الْوَاقِعِ: [خَمْسَةً وَعِشْرُونَ سَنَةً][O] وَعِشْرُونَ شَرْطًا، قَدْ قَبِلَهَا مِنْ عِنْدِنَا هُمُ الْجَانِبَيْنِ؛ وَقَدْ أَلْقَى عَلَيْهِ الْوَاثِقُ [عَدْلَ][O] أَمْرَهُ بِمَحْضٍ، وَكِيلُهُ قَدْ فُوِّضَ جَمِيعَ شُرُوطِهِ الْمُتَقَدِّمَةِ، وَقَدْ لَقِيتُهُ بِالْخَبَرِ الْمُبِينِ [ظَنُّهُ][O]. Dated corrections of record 2026-10-27 — the residual arbitration of the seventeen brackets: (a) [بْنِ؟] killed — the line-1 seat’s ink resolves to الْمَشْهُورِ’s own رِ sweep, a separate grand bowl, a dash, and a micro-dot — insufficient for two letters, and no nasab follows the granter’s name anywhere in the chapter; the seat stays [O], an unread form; (b) SUPERSEDED-2026-10-27__ [بَعَثُوهُ؟]: the line-2 seat reads أَلْقَى [W-] — twin talls, the ق bowl with Maghrebi dot-above, the tail flattened into the justify-kashida; the 1836’s exact-slot وَقَدْ أَلْقَى عَلَيْهِ corroborates; (c) SUPERSEDED-2026-10-27__ [فُوِّضَ؟] at line 2: the seat reads [عَلَيْهِ؟][O] (the ع-dive signature; leading candidate) — no ف-hook, no ض; the empowerment lexeme re-seats at line 7; (d) بَارْكْلَايْ [W-] of record — the ك bowl with above-dash (Maghrebi variant), the grand لَا/ى sweep with two dots below, بَرْ compressed into تُومَسْ’s سْ zone; the agent’s surname is the only completion the corpus allows; (e) the line-3-right seat closes ABSENT — the ninth [O]-class closure of the corpus, the first in this chapter: the line opens with the count, no connecting particle; (f) count order of record عِشْرُونَ خَمْسَةَ شَرْطًا — tens-first, asyndetic — SUPERSEDED-2026-10-27__ the 2026-10-25 “Maghrebi five-and-twenty” note; عِشْرُونَ [W] (the نَ’s signature grand tail), خَمْسَةَ [W-] (the diving tail beneath it is شَرْطًا’s passing ink — ة takes no tail), شَرْطًا [W-]; no سَنَةً at the count — the first-order audit node (years for stipulations) STANDS; (g) الْجَانِبَيْنِ upgraded to [W] — the Maghrebi ج dot-below placed, the نِ’s drifted dot identified; (h) line 4: the […][O] seat stands (candidates اللَّهِ؟ / عَبْدِ؟); صُلْحِهِمْ holds [O+]; مَعَنَا [W-] (the hand’s مَعَ signature: ring-with-eye plus the deep ع-dive); أُمُورِهِمْ [W-] (double-ring مُو, the هِمْ dive — the carried English’s “Matters” is the semantic lock); the old line-4-left bracket SPLITS into جَمِيعِ [W-] (the postposed-جَمِيع style of record) and [قَبِلَهَا؟][O+] (بِ bowl with dots below, لَ rise, هَا dive; the ق dot missing — weak; the 1836’s exact-slot قَدْ قَبِلَهَا corroborates); the clause flow of record: الْجَانِبَيْنِ fronted subject at line 3’s end … قَبِلَهَا clause-final verb at line 4’s end; (i) line 5: الْمَرْكَانِيشِ [W-] — the counterparty named (twin talls, م bowl, compressed middle bones, the giant ش-tail signature); one seat stays [O] (candidates جَمِيعِ؟ / مَعَ؟ / عَيْنِ؟ — a possible second جَمِيع sighting, watch item); الْوَاقِعِ [W-] new to the face (twin talls, the ق dot drifted up, the ع-dive with kasra below — the 1836’s own فِي هٰذَا الْوَاقِعِ corroborates the lexeme); عِشْرِينَ [W-] new (the ش’s three dots above the teeth, the giant نَ tail — سِنِينَ killed here: no years-word); the last seat [O] (شَرْطًا؟ / سَنَةً؟ both strained — under-inked); the second “twenty” stands open, a date-day candidate — unasserted; (j) line 6: the bracket re-labeled جَانِبَيْنِ [O+] — SUPERSEDED-2026-10-27__ [جَانِبَيْهِمْ؟] — the word ends in the نِ grand tail, not هِمْ; سُلْطَانِ [O+] holds; new candidate [مِائَتَيْنِ؟][O+] at the line’s left (م ring, تَ bowl with two dots above, the grand يْنِ tail) — the two-hundred date-element; with line 5’s عِشْرِينَ the date-clause hypothesis (a 1200-AH date inside Chapter 1) stands open — watch item, unasserted; two seats stay [O] (سَنَةَ؟ / وَأَلْفِ؟ under-inked; a particle-zone); (k) line 7: شُرُوطِهِ / الْمُتَقَدِّمَةِ / جَمِيعًا all corroborated [O+]; the bracket re-seated and re-labeled [تَفْوِيضٍ؟][O+] — SUPERSEDED-2026-10-27__ [بِفَوْضٍ؟] — the ف-و-ض skeleton with the تَ prefix, the authorization lexeme; the last bracket reads [فَرِيقَيْنِ؟][O+] (the ق dot-above, the grand نِ tail) — the pair reads toward “the delegation of the two sides,” the carried English’s “duly authorized on their Part”; الْمُبِينِ [O+] holds (settled 2026-10-25).

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 1 (Miller, vol. 2, print 187; DOR-AF PDF 4).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 1 (Miller, vol. 4, print 35).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 4 (= print 187) · Miller vol. 4, print 35 (= physical 62) · the carried English of record, DOR-AF PDF 29 (= print 213).

The audit at a glance — the Arabic of record, its rendering, and the carried English beside it
Arabic of record	Transliteration	Rendering of the Arabic	The carried English under audit	Flag
بِالْوَاثِقِ الْمَشْهُورِ	bi-l-Wāthiq al-mashhūr	“by al-Wāthiq, the renowned” — the granter named by his regnal epithet, opening the chapter’s body; the following [بْنِ؟] killed 2026-10-27 — no nasab follows the granter’s name anywhere in the chapter; the seat stays [O], an unread form	“We declare that both Parties have agreed” — the carried English opens on an impersonal declaration; no granter named	[W-]
أَلْقَى [عَلَيْهِ؟] وَكِيلِهِمُ الْمُشَاوِرَ الْمَشْهُورَ تُومَسْ بَارْكْلَايْ	alqā [ʿalayhi?] wakīlihimu l-mushāwara l-mashhūra Tūmās Bārklāy	“he cast upon [him?] their agent, the renowned counselor, Thomas Barclay” — أَلْقَى [W-] of record 2026-10-27 (twin talls, the ق bowl with Maghrebi dot-above, the tail kashida-flattened; supersedes the 10-25 [بَعَثُوهُ؟]; the 1836’s exact-slot وَقَدْ أَلْقَى عَلَيْهِ corroborates); [عَلَيْهِ؟] [O] (the ع-dive signature; supersedes [فُوِّضَ؟] here — the empowerment lexeme re-seats at line 7); the surname بَارْكْلَايْ locked [W-] (Maghrebi ك bowl with above-dash, the grand لَا/ى sweep with two dots below)	“delivered to the Honorable Thomas Barclay, the Agent of the United States now at our Court”	[W-]
عِشْرُونَ خَمْسَةَ شَرْطًا	ʿishrūna khamsata sharṭan	“twenty-five stipulations” — tens-first, asyndetic: the count order of record 2026-10-27 (superseding the 10-25 five-and-twenty note); عِشْرُونَ [W] (the نَ’s signature grand tail), خَمْسَةَ [W-] (the diving tail beneath is شَرْطًا’s passing ink — ة takes no tail), شَرْطًا [W-]; no سَنَةً at the count — the first-order audit node against the 1836’s flagged zone STANDS; the line-3-right seat closed ABSENT 2026-10-27 — the line opens with the count, no connecting particle (the corpus’s ninth [O]-class closure, the first in this chapter)	“twenty five Articles” — the closest correspondence; the carried English stands with the plate here	[W-]
الْجَانِبَيْنِ	al-jānibayn	“the two sides” — upgraded to [W] 2026-10-27 (the Maghrebi ج dot-below placed; the نِ’s drifted dot identified); the fronted subject of the acceptance clause; sighted again at line 6 ([O+], re-labeled from the 10-25 [جَانِبَيْهِمْ؟] — نِ-final)	“both Parties”	[W]
مَعَنَا أُمُورِهِمْ جَمِيعِ [قَبِلَهَا؟]	maʿanā umūrihim jamīʿi [qabilahā?]	“with us, their affairs, all of it, [he accepted?]” — the acceptance clause of record 2026-10-27: مَعَنَا [W-] (the hand’s مَعَ signature), أُمُورِهِمْ [W-] (the carried “Matters” is the semantic lock), جَمِيعِ [W-] (the postposed-جَمِيع style), [قَبِلَهَا؟] [O+] (بِ bowl with dots below, لَ rise, هَا dive; the ق dot missing — weak; the 1836’s exact-slot قَدْ قَبِلَهَا corroborates); clause flow: الْجَانِبَيْنِ fronted subject (line 3) … قَبِلَهَا clause-final verb (line 4); صُلْحِهِمْ holds [O+] upstream of مَعَنَا	“both Parties have agreed … with whose Approbation it has been made” — the agreement, split across the clause	[W-]
الْمَرْكَانِيشِ […] الْوَاقِعِ عِشْرِينَ	al-Markānīsh [—] al-wāqiʿ ʿishrīn	“the Americans [—]; the occurring — twenty” — line 5 of record 2026-10-27: الْمَرْكَانِيشِ [W-] (the counterparty named; twin talls, م bowl, the giant ش-tail signature); one seat [O] (جَمِيعِ؟ / مَعَ؟ / عَيْنِ؟ — watch item); الْوَاقِعِ [W-] new to the face (twin talls, the ق dot drifted up, the ع-dive with kasra below — the 1836’s own فِي هٰذَا الْوَاقِعِ corroborates); a second count عِشْرِينَ [W-], clause-role open — date-day candidate, unasserted; سِنِينَ killed at this seat — the years-node stands; the last seat [O] (شَرْطًا؟ / سَنَةً؟ both strained)	no direct counterpart — the carried English names “the United States” earlier, in the agent clause, and carries no second count	[W-]
[…] […] جَانِبَيْنِ [سُلْطَانِ؟] [مِائَتَيْنِ؟]	[—] [—] jānibayn [sulṭān?] [miʾatayn?]	“[—] [—] the two sides, the Sultan[?], [two hundred?]” — line 6 of record 2026-10-27: جَانِبَيْنِ [O+] (re-labeled — the نِ grand tail kills the 10-25 [جَانِبَيْهِمْ؟]); [سُلْطَانِ؟] [O+] holds (a second naming of the sovereign mid-chapter); [مِائَتَيْنِ؟] [O+] new — the two-hundred date-element (م ring, تَ bowl with two dots above, the grand يْنِ tail); with line 5’s عِشْرِينَ the date-clause hypothesis (a 1200-AH date inside Chapter 1) stands open — watch item, unasserted; two seats stay [O] (سَنَةَ؟ / وَأَلْفِ؟ under-inked; a particle-zone)	“with whose Approbation it has been made” — candidate correspondence, clause-level only; the carried English carries no date inside Chapter 1 — if the date ever locks on the plate it enters of record as a first-order divergence	[O+]
شُرُوطِهِ الْمُتَقَدِّمَةِ جَمِيعًا [تَفْوِيضٍ؟] [فَرِيقَيْنِ؟]	shurūṭihi l-mutaqaddimati jamīʿan [tafwīḍi?] [farīqayn?]	“his aforementioned stipulations, all of them, [by the delegation?] of [the two sides?]” — postposed جَمِيعًا; the line-7 complex of record 2026-10-27: [تَفْوِيضٍ؟] [O+] — the authorization lexeme (the ف-و-ض skeleton with the تَ prefix; supersedes the 10-25 [بِفَوْضٍ؟]); [فَرِيقَيْنِ؟] [O+] (the ق dot-above, the grand نِ tail); the pair reads toward “the delegation of the two sides”	“and who is duly authorized on their Part, to treat with us concerning all the Matters contained therein” — clause-level; the empowerment the carried English folds into the agent clause, the plate states at the close	[O+]
الْمُبِينِ	al-mubīn	“— the evident” — the chapter’s closing word (settled 2026-10-25: not a catchword; corroborated 2026-10-27 — the ال tall and the م ring placed); the 1836 ends بِالْخَبَرِ الْمُبِينِ, “with the evident report”	no closing counterpart	[O+]

“We declare that both Parties have agreed that this Treaty consisting of twenty five Articles shall be inserted in this Book and delivered to the Honorable Thomas Barclay, the Agent of the United States now at our Court, with whose Approbation it has been made and who is duly authorized on their Part, to treat with us concerning all the Matters contained therein.” — The 1786 carried English (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate), exhibited for audit against the Arabic standard above. It is the object of the audit, not the standard; every divergence of record stands marked in the table.

“We declare that both parties have agreed that this treaty, consisting of twenty-five articles, shall be inserted in this book, and delivered to James R. Leib, agent of the United States, and now their resident consul at Tangier, with whose approbation it has been made, and who is duly authorized on their part, to treat with us, concerning all the matters contained therein.” — The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 484 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic note of record: “Mutual agreement of the parties to the treaty.”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014), certified PDF page 4 / statutory print 484, and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 2 of 25

No sailing out to aid the enemy — the colors clause

الشرط الثاني — أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ مَا كَانَتْ كَانَتِ مَعَ أَيِّ قَوْمٍ، فَلَا تَخْرُجُ مِنْهُمْ [W-]، وَأَلْوَانِ [سَفِينَةِ][W-] تُعِينُ [بِهَا][W-]، تَأْخُذُ [رَايَةَ][W] مِنَ الْعَدُوِّ، تَذْهَبُ [تَعِينُ][W-] [هُمْ][W]، وَلَا مِنْ [جِهَةِ][W-] الْمَغْرِبِ [وَ][W-] [مِنْ][W-] [جِهَتِهِمْ][W-] وَإِمَّا مِنَ الْمَرْكَانِيشِ.

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, EnglishedStipulation the Second — that whenever it be — it be — with any nation (the verb doubled at the line-turn, of record; the war-noun understood, never written), then none [of theirs] shall sail out; and the colors of [the ship], helping [thereby]; taking a banner from the enemy, she goes [to help] them; and neither from the [side] of Morocco, and [from] [their side], or from the Americans.Desk rendering, 2026-10-28 — subordinate in all things to the Arabic above; brackets mark forms still under review and assert no reading. What stands unbracketed is facsimile-verified.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — print 188, six lines; transcribed from the facsimile of record (plate-verified 2026-10-24/25; the two residual seats closed 2026-10-28), brackets marking the word-forms still under review ([O] asserts no reading). The 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 36; the former artext of this panel, demoted of record 2026-10-25) carries: أَنَّهُ مَتَى مَا كَانَتِ الْفِرْقَةُ مَعَ أَيِّ جِنْسٍ كَانَ، فَلَا تَخْرُجْ بَعِيثَةً مِنْ هٰذِهِ الْجِهَاتَيْنِ، وَتُقَاتِلْ تَحْتَ رَايَةِ الْعَدُوِّ، وَتَذْهَبْ تَعِينُ الْعَدُوَّ وَأَلْوِيَتَهُمْ، [جِهَتَهُمْ][O] وَإِمَّا مِنْ جِهَةِ الْمَرْكَانِيشْ. Divergences of record: (1) the war-noun — the 1786 runs elliptical (feminine كَانَتْ presupposing الْحَرْب; no explicit war-noun grid-verified), the 1836 makes it explicit (الْفِرْقَةُ); (2) قَوْمٍ, “nation,” on the 1786 plate / جِنْسٍ in the 1836 — lexical variant, translation-neutral; (3) the sailing clause — resolved 2026-10-26: the 1786 reads فَلَا تَخْرُجُ مِنْهُمْ, “then none [of theirs] shall sail out,” the feminine subject (a ship/commission) elided, the pronoun’s antecedent قَوْمٍ in the same line — the plate’s descending tail locks a final م, killing every ة-final candidate (مَرْكَبَةٌ; the 1836’s بَعِيثَةٌ) outright; the 1836 explicitates: فَلَا تَخْرُجُ بَعِيثَةٌ مِنْ أَحَدَى الْجَانِبَيْنِ, “no commission shall go out from either of the two sides” (print 36, collation of record this sitting) — and the carried English’s “Commission” lexicalizes the 1836’s lexeme, the second confirmed seat where the English tracks the 1836 against the 1786 standard (first: Ch. 5’s “Gun … fired” ← طَلْقَةٌ); (4) the colors — the 1786 carries أَلْوَانِ, “colors” (the dot-inside-bowl ن signature), where the 1836 carries رَايَةِ/أَلْوِيَتَهُمْ, “banner/banners”; (5) the sides named — the 1786 closes with [الْمَغْرِبِ؟], the realm named (geometry-favored), and الْمَرْكَانِيشِ, “the Americans,” where the 1836 pronominalizes (هٰذِهِ الْجِهَاتَيْنِ / [جِهَتَهُمْ][O]) before its own الْمَرْكَانِيشْ; (6) two help-verbs on the 1786 face (تُعِينُ line 3, تَعِينُ؟ line 4) against the 1836’s single تَعِينُ; (7) clause order — the 1836’s fronted مِنْ هٰذِهِ الْجِهَاتَيْنِ has only a mid-clause candidate seat on the 1786 face. The Leiden literal of record (DOR-AF, print 220) — a translation witness, never the text — tracks the 1786 plate against the carried English on the load-bearing nodes: “no ship of either of the parties shall sail out and take the colors of the enemy, going to help the enemy, neither from our side nor from that of the Americans.” Dated corrections of record 2026-10-27 — the residual arbitration sitting (print 188, all open seats; full protocol in the working log): (a) the doubled verb كَانَتْ كَانَتِ across the L1/L2 line-turn locked [W]/[W] — a resumptive dittography of record; the 1836 and the carried English carry one verb; (b) the war-noun node closed ABSENT — an [O]-class closure of record: no war-noun at either line-edge; the feminine كَانَتْ presupposing الْحَرْب is affirmed — divergence (1) restated final; (c) the 1836’s كَانَ (“whatever”) closed ABSENT — قَوْمٍ and فَلَا touch on the plate, no seat exists; the carried “whatever” renders مَتَىٰ مَا … كَانَتِ whole; (d) divergence (2) locked: مَعَ أَيُّ قَوْمٍ [W] — the Maghrebi ق-dot-above decisive; (e) divergence (4) restated: وَأَلْوَانِ [W] — the هِمْ؟ suffix killed (one grand bowl, dot inside = ن-final); the 1836’s suffix rides its own lexeme أَلْوِيَتَهُمْ; [سَفِينَةِ] locked [W-]; (f) divergence (8) NEW — the enemy named ONCE on the 1786 face (line 4’s مِنَ الْعَدُوِّ [W]): the line-3 الْعَدُوِّ seat closed ABSENT (bare justify-kashida) where the 1836 and the carried English name him twice; (g) the help bar locked: تُعِينُ [W] (the signature X-crossed ع), [بِهَا] [W-], تَأْخُذُ [W], تَذْهَبُ [W], [تَعِينُ] [W-] — divergence (6) affirmed, two help-verbs on the 1786 face; (h) two seats remain open by arbitration: line 4’s [رَايَةَ؟] (leading: banner / عَلَمَ flag — verb-fit with تَأْخُذُ, echoing the colors clause; الْجِهَاتَيْنِ strained) and the line-final [هُمْ؟] (leading: “she goes to help them”); (i) divergence (5) LOCKED — الْمَغْرِبِ [W]: the realm named, geometry plus full element placement, superseding the earlier “geometry-favored” note above; (j) divergence (9) NEW — the triple side-phrase: the 1786 coordinates وَلَا مِنْ جِهَةِ الْمَغْرِبِ + وَمِنْ جِهَتِهِمْ (split across the L5/L6 line-turn) + وَإِمَّا مِنَ الْمَرْكَانِيشِ — the ban covers sailing from every side, Morocco’s, theirs, the Americans’ — where the Leiden literal compresses to two (“our side” / “that of the Americans”), the 1836 reads …جِهَتَهُمْ وَإِمَّا…, and the carried English ends at “Colors”; (k) the second جِهَةِ closed ABSENT — وَإِمَّا مِنَ الْمَرْكَانِيشِ direct (the 1836 carries the word); الْمَرْكَانِيشِ re-seated to the line’s left half with the giant ش-tail closing the chapter [W-]; no catchword on print 188 (print 189 opens with the rubric الشَّرْطُ الثَّالِثُ). Ten [O]-class absence-closures now stand of record across the corpus (Chs. 3, 4, 6, 5, four here, one in Ch. 1 — the count line’s right seat, and one in the preamble — the place-of-writing clause, both closed 2026-10-27). Dated correction of record 2026-10-28 — the bounded unsharpened print-188 review closes the two seats reserved at 2026-10-27(h): رَايَةَ [W] on the L4 ر/ا stem complex, medial body and lower pointing, and final dotted ة-form; هُمْ [W] on the L5 initial ه, final م head and descending sweep, and vowel mark. The pronoun refers back to the already named enemy; it is not a second written الْعَدُوّ, and no أَلْوِيَتَهُمْ is imported from the 1836. The 2026-10-27 reservation remains of record above and is superseded only at these two seats; the full continuous line bank and grid-derived coordinates are in the dated Chapter 2 working log.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 2 (Miller, vol. 2, print 188; DOR-AF PDF 5).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 2 (Miller, vol. 4, print 36).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 5 (= print 188) · Miller vol. 4, print 36 (= physical 63) · the carried English of record, DOR-AF PDF 29 (= print 213).

The audit at a glance — the Arabic of record, its rendering, and the carried English beside it
Arabic of record	Transliteration	Rendering of the Arabic	The carried English under audit	Flag
أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ مَا كَانَتْ كَانَتِ	annahu matā mā kānat kānat	“that whenever it be — it be” — the verb doubled at the line-turn, a resumptive dittography of record (locked 2026-10-27); the feminine كَانَتْ presupposes the war-noun (الْحَرْبُ) — the war-noun seat closed ABSENT 2026-10-27: the 1786 runs elliptical, the 1836 explicitates الْفِرْقَةُ	“If either of the Parties shall be at War” — explicit; matches the 1836’s explicit الْفِرْقَةُ, not the plate’s ellipsis; one verb where the plate carries two	[W]
مَعَ أَيِّ قَوْمٍ	maʿa ayyi qawmin	“with any nation” — قَوْمٍ on the 1786 plate / جِنْسٍ in the 1836 (lexical variant, translation-neutral); locked 2026-10-27 — مَعَ (the signature dive), أَيُّ (shadda + bowl), قَوْمٍ (Maghrebi ق-dot-above) all [W]; the 1836’s following كَانَ closed ABSENT — قَوْمٍ and فَلَا touch on the plate, no seat exists	“with any Nation whatever” — “whatever” renders مَتَىٰ مَا … كَانَتِ whole; no separate seat on the plate	[W]
فَلَا تَخْرُجُ مِنْهُمْ	fa-lā takhruju minhum	“then none [of theirs] shall sail out” — the feminine subject elided, antecedent قَوْمٍ in the line; the plate’s descending tail locks a final م — every ة-final candidate (مَرْكَبَةٌ, the 1836’s بَعِيثَةٌ) killed by the tail. Node resolved 2026-10-26 (the Leiden literal: “no ship … shall sail out” — the translation witness supplies the elided noun)	“the other Party shall not take a Commission from the Enemy” — “commission” = the 1836’s بَعِيثَةً (print 36: فَلَا تَخْرُجُ بَعِيثَةٌ مِنْ أَحَدَى الْجَانِبَيْنِ): the carried English lexicalizes the 1836’s explicitation where the 1786 elides — second confirmed seat of the pattern (cf. Ch. 5)	[W-]
وَأَلْوَانِ [سَفِينَةِ] تُعِينُ [بِهَا]	wa-alwāni [safīnati] tuʿīnu [bihā]	“and the colors of [the ship], helping [thereby]” — أَلْوَانِ locked [W] 2026-10-27 (one grand bowl, dot inside = ن-final; the هِمْ؟ suffix killed); [سَفِينَةِ] [W-]; the line-3 الْعَدُوِّ seat closed ABSENT 2026-10-27 (bare justify-kashida) — the 1786 names the enemy once, in the next line (divergence 8); تُعِينُ [W] (the signature X-crossed ع), [بِهَا] [W-]	“nor fight under their Colors” — the carried “Colors” tracks the plate’s أَلْوَان against the 1836’s banners — yet the plate carries no “fight under” clause: the English recasts helping-thereby as fight-under-colors (clause-level audit)	[W-]
تَذْهَبُ [تَعِينُ] هُمْ	tadhhabu [taʿīnu] hum	“she goes [to help] them” — تَذْهَبُ [W] and [تَعِينُ] [W-] locked 2026-10-27: two help-verbs on the 1786 face against the 1836’s single تَعِينُ (divergence 6); the pronoun-seat closed [W] 2026-10-28 on the initial ه, final م head and descending sweep, and vowel mark — هُمْ, pointing back at the already named enemy, not a second written الْعَدُوّ; [تَعِينُ] remains [W-]	no separate carried counterpart — folded into the single carried prohibition	[W-]
تَأْخُذُ رَايَةَ مِنَ الْعَدُوِّ	taʾkhudhu rāyata min al-ʿaduww	“taking a banner from the enemy” — تَأْخُذُ [W] and مِنَ الْعَدُوِّ [W] locked 2026-10-27, the chapter’s single enemy-naming; رَايَةَ closed [W] 2026-10-28 on the sealed ر/ا stem complex, medial body and lower pointing, and final dotted ة-form — a facsimile closure, not a promotion from verb-fit or the 1836	“the other Party shall not take … from the Enemy” — the carried “take … from the Enemy” sits here; its object “a Commission” renders the 1836’s بَعِيثَةً, whereas the verified 1786 object here is رَايَةَ, “a banner”	[W]
وَلَا مِنْ [جِهَةِ] الْمَغْرِبِ	wa-lā min [jihati] al-Maghrib	“and neither from the side of Morocco” — LOCKED 2026-10-27: الْمَغْرِبِ [W] (the realm named — geometry plus full element placement, the signature giant بِ tail), [جِهَةِ] [W-] (Maghrebi ج-dot-below); the 1836 pronominalizes (هٰذِهِ الْجِهَاتَيْنِ / [جِهَتَهُمْ][O]) — divergence (5) final	no counterpart — the carried English ends at “Colors”	[W]
[وَ] [مِنْ] [جِهَتِهِمْ]	[wa-] [min] [jihatihim]	“and [from] [their side]” — locked 2026-10-27 ([W-]/[W-]/[W-]): the phrase splits across the L5/L6 line-turn (مِنْ ends line 5, جِهَتِهِمْ opens line 6); the 1836 corroborates the slot with its own جِهَتَهُمْ before وَإِمَّا — divergence (9): the 1786 coordinates THREE side-phrases, the ban covering sailing from every side	no separate counterpart — the carried English ends at “Colors”; the Leiden literal’s “our side” compresses this middle term (a translation witness, never the text)	[W-]
وَإِمَّا مِنَ الْمَرْكَانِيشِ	wa-immā min al-Markānīsh	“or from the Americans” — وَإِمَّا [W] (the shadda decisive) and الْمَرْكَانِيشِ [W-] locked 2026-10-27, the word re-seated to the line’s left half, its giant ش-tail closing the chapter; the second جِهَةِ closed ABSENT (the 1836 carries it) — the مِنْ joins الْمَرْكَانِيشِ direct; no catchword on print 188	no counterpart	[W-]

“If either of the Parties shall be at War with any Nation whatever, the other Party shall not take a Commission from the Enemy nor fight under their Colors.” — The 1786 carried English (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate), exhibited for audit against the Arabic standard above. It is the object of the audit, not the standard; every divergence of record stands marked in the table. (Headline of record 2026-10-25: retitled from “No commission from the enemy” — “commission” renders the 1836’s بَعِيثَةً and is not verified on the 1786 plate; the headline now traces to plate-verified Arabic: فَلَا تَخْرُجُ, تُعِينُ الْعَدُوِّ, أَلْوَانِ.)

“If either of the parties shall be at war with any nation whatever, the other shall not take a commission from the enemy, nor fight under their colors.” — The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 484 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic note of record: “Neither party to take commissions from an enemy.”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014), certified PDF page 4 / statutory print 484, and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 3 of 25

Released with their goods — no taking, no unloading

الشَّرْطُ الثَّالِثُ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ جَعَلَتِ الْقِتَالَ مَعَ أَيِّ جِنْسٍ كَانَ وَقُبِضَتْ سَفِينَةٌ مِنْ ذَٰلِكَ الْجِنْسِ وَوُجِدَ فِيهَا مُسْلِمًا أَوْ نَصْرَانِيًّا وَلَهُمْ سِلْعَةٌ فَإِنَّهُمْ يُسَرَّحُونَ بِسِلْعِهِمْ وَمَنْ لَكَانُوا حَامِلِينَ سِلْعَةً لِجِنْسٍ وَبَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَهُ الْقِتَالُ لَا تُوخَذُ مِنْ أَيْدِيهِمْ وَلَا يُنْزِلُوهَا

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, EnglishedStipulation the Third — That whenever she made war with any nation that be, and a ship of that nation be taken, and there be found aboard her a Muslim or a Christian, and they have goods — then they shall be released with their goods. And whoever they be carrying goods for a nation between whom and us is war — such shall not be taken from their hands, nor shall they unload her.Desk rendering, 2026-10-28 — subordinate in all things to the Arabic above. Every form above stands plate-verified as of the sitting of 2026-10-28; the peace-clause close belongs to the 1836 witness alone and renders nothing here.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — print 189, eight lines; transcribed from the facsimile of record (plate-verified 2026-10-25; the open seats arbitrated and locked at the sitting of 2026-10-26). Dated correction of record 2026-10-28: a fresh full-face, grid-coordinated, unsharpened re-bank confirms eight physical lines on print 189 and nine on print 37; the seven-line statement below and the earlier eight-to-seven correction are superseded. The sealed active جَعَلَتِ requires “she made war,” superseding the passive desk phrase “war was made.” The 1836 جُعِلَتِ closes as passive [W]. Its two anomalous forms close only with narration as [وَحَرُّ][W-] [إِوًّلُوا][W-]; their lexical and syntactic force remains unresolved, they are not rewritten from 1786, and the former compositor-misread-chain explanation is superseded as a facsimile finding. The 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 37; the former artext of this panel, demoted of record 2026-10-25) carries the stipulation in its own line-flow, nine lines: الشَّرْطُ الثَّالِثُ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ جُعِلَتِ الْفِتْنَةُ مَعَ أَيِّ جِنْسٍ كَانَ وَقُبِضَتْ سَفِينَةٌ مِنْ أَهْلِ ذَٰلِكَ الْجِنْسِ وَوُجِدَ فِيهَا مُسْلِمًا أَوْ نَصْرَانِيًّا وَلَهُمْ سِلْعَةٌ فَإِنَّهُمْ يُسَرَّحُوا بِسِلْعِهِمْ [وَحَرُّ][W-] [إِوًّلُوا][W-] حَامِلِينَ سِلْعَةً لِجِنْسٍ وَبَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَهُمُ الْفِتْنَةُ بِلَا تُوخَذُ مِنْ أَيْدِيهِمْ وَلَا يُكَلِّفُوا يُنْزِلُوهَا لِمَا بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَهُمْ مِنَ الصُّلْحِ. Divergences of record: (1) the war-word — الْقِتَال, “combat,” twice on the 1786 face / الْفِتْنَة, “strife,” twice in the 1836 — three war-words now stand in the corpus (قِتَال here; فِتْنَة here and in the 1836’s Chapter 4; حَرْب in the 1786’s Chapter 4), and the former artext’s الْحَرْب appears in neither witness through this stipulation; (2) voice — جَعَلَتِ, active, “she made,” on the 1786 plate / جُعِلَتِ, passive, “was made,” in the 1836 (both vocalizations plate-verified 2026-10-28; the Leiden literal’s “war has been made” remains a translation witness only); (3) مِنْ ذَٰلِكَ الْجِنْسِ, “of that nation” (1786) / مِنْ أَهْلِ ذَٰلِكَ الْجِنْسِ, “of the people of that nation” (1836); (4) the conditional zone — وَمَنْ لَكَانُوا حَامِلِينَ (1786: لَكَانُوا locked on the plate in one ductus, reading toward لَوْ كَانُوا, “if they were”; the Leiden literal’s “Even if they were carrying” concurs) / [وَحَرُّ][W-] [إِوًّلُوا][W-] حَامِلِينَ (1836: two anomalous forms whose ductus is closed but whose lexical and syntactic force remains unresolved; they are retained as this witness presents them and are not rewritten to the 1786 wording); (5) the release — يُسَرَّحُونَ بِسِلْعِهِمْ, “they shall be released with their goods,” (1786) / يُسَرَّحُوا بِسِلْعِهِمْ (1836, defective ending) — goods alone in both witnesses; (6) the pronoun — وَبَيْنَهُ, “and between it,” singular (1786: the other nation) / وَبَيْنَهُمْ, “and between them,” plural, twice (1836); (7) the close — the 1786 bars the taking and the unloading plain (لَا تُوخَذُ … وَلَا يُنْزِلُوهَا); the 1836 fronts the bar with بِلَا, “without,” and doubles it with يُكَلِّفُوا, “be burdened, compelled” (the duty-lexicon ك-ل-ف), before يُنْزِلُوهَا; (8) the peace clause — the 1836 closes لِمَا بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَهُمْ مِنَ الصُّلْحِ, “for what is between us and them of the peace”; the clause is not on the 1786 plate (the stipulation ends at يُنْزِلُوهَا, page-verified 2026-10-26) and has no carried-English counterpart; the Leiden literal carries it (“for the sake of the peace prevailing between us and them”) — the Leiden source is the 1836 recension family (finding of record). Dated corrections of record 2026-10-26: the particle seat لَكَانُوا locked (one ductus on both 1786 copies; no و between the ل and the ك); the [O] seat سُفُنِهِمْ؟ / أَيْدِيهِمْ؟ closed — no سُفُنِهِمْ on the plate, مِنْ أَيْدِيهِمْ followed directly by وَلَا (the Leiden literal shows no second object; the 1836 concurs); الْقِتَالَ, الْقِتَالُ, تُوخَذُ, أَيْدِيهِمْ unbracketed (plate-verified); the peace-clause residuals [لِمَا؟] … […][O] removed from the 1786 line — the clause belongs to the 1836 witness alone; the 1836 collation corrected from the fresh full read of print 37 — [مَا؟][O] stricken (no مَا; the text runs سِلْعَةٌ فَإِنَّهُمْ), وَصَحْبِهِمْ إِذَا كَانُوا corrected to [وَحَرُّ؟] [إِوًّلُوا؟], وَقَعَتِ الْفِتْنَةُ؟ بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَهُ corrected to وَبَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَهُمُ الْفِتْنَةُ (no وَقَعَتِ; الْفِتْنَةُ subject after the plural pronoun), لَا تُوخَذُ corrected to بِلَا تُوخَذُ, مَا بَيْنَنَا corrected to لِمَا بَيْنَنَا, الصَّلْحِ؟ settled الصُّلْحِ; the line counts of record corrected — print 189 carries the stipulation in seven lines (not eight), print 37 in nine. Dated corrections of record 2026-10-25: the former artext (the 1836-certified reading) is superseded by the 1786 plate reading under the hierarchy-of-authorities ruling; its head clause كَانَتِ الْحَرْبَ and its close تَمُرُّ سَالِمَةً … بِأَخْذِهَا وَقَبْضِهَا وَتَوْقِيفِهَا are not confirmed on either plate in the fresh collations and stand withdrawn pending re-certification — the “detention triad” row of the former table dissolves with them; the prior certification of the 1836 print-37 reading is likewise withdrawn of record, and the fresh collation enters with its own flags. The Leiden literal of record (DOR-AF, print 220) — a translation witness, never the text — tracks the plate on the load-bearing nodes: “if war has been made with any nation whatever, and a ship has been captured from people belonging to that nation, and there shall be found on board a Moslem or a Christian with goods belonging to them, they shall be at liberty with their goods. Even if they were carrying goods belonging to a nation with whom we are at war [such goods] shall not be taken from their hands nor shall they be compelled to unload them, for the sake of the peace prevailing between us and them.” The carried English is the audit object, never the arbiter: its “Prize” framing, its “Subjects or Effects,” its “returned to the Owners,” and its “free and unmolested … take or detain” stand marked against the Arabic in the table.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 3 (Miller, vol. 2, print 189; DOR-AF PDF 6).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 3 (Miller, vol. 4, print 37).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 6 (= print 189) · Miller vol. 4, print 37 (= physical 64).

The audit at a glance — the Arabic of record, its rendering, and the carried English beside it
Arabic of record	Transliteration	Rendering of the Arabic	The carried English under audit	Flag
جَعَلَتِ الْقِتَالَ مَعَ أَيِّ جِنْسٍ كَانَ	jaʿalati l-qitāla maʿa ayyi jinsin kāna	“she made war with any nation that be” — the war-word قِتَال on the 1786 (the accusative alif on the plate; locked 2026-10-26) / فِتْنَة in the 1836 (divergence of record 1)	“If either of the Parties shall be at War with any Nation whatever” — explicit and bilateral in form; the bilaterality implication of record (ruling 2026-10-25: الجَانِبَيْنِ = “the two sides”)	[W]
وَقُبِضَتْ سَفِينَةٌ مِنْ ذَٰلِكَ الْجِنْسِ	wa-qubiḍat safīnatun min dhālika l-jins	“and a ship of that nation be taken”	“and take a Prize belonging to that Nation” — “Prize” is the carried tradition’s term of art; the Arabic names the ship, not the prize-law category	[W]
وَوُجِدَ فِيهَا مُسْلِمًا أَوْ نَصْرَانِيًّا	wa-wujida fīhā musliman aw naṣrāniyyan	“and there be found aboard her a Muslim or a Christian” — the persons named by the two faith communities	“there shall be found on board Subjects … belonging to either of the Parties” — the carried recasts the protected persons as “Subjects” of the two sides	[W]
فَإِنَّهُمْ يُسَرَّحُونَ بِسِلْعِهِمْ	fa-innahum yusarraḥūna bi-silʿihim	“then they shall be released with their goods” — one clause, persons and goods together; the 1836 runs the defective ending يُسَرَّحُوا beside يُسَرَّحُونَ and adds nothing here (divergence of record 5)	“the Subjects shall be set at Liberty and the Effects returned to the Owners” — the carried splits the single release into two remedies; “returned to the Owners” answers no Arabic form	[W]
وَمَنْ لَكَانُوا حَامِلِينَ سِلْعَةً لِجِنْسٍ وَبَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَهُ الْقِتَالُ	wa-man la-kānū ḥāmilīna silʿatan li-jinsin wa-baynanā wa-baynahu l-qitālu	“and whoever they be carrying goods for a nation between whom and us is war” — لَكَانُوا locked in one ductus 2026-10-26, reading toward لَوْ كَانُوا, “if they were” (the Leiden literal: “Even if they were carrying”); first-person “us”: the granter’s own voice	“any Goods belonging to any Nation, with whom either of the Parties shall be at War, shall be loaded on Vessels belonging to the other Party” — the carried third-personalizes the first-person voice and builds the two-side vessel structure the Arabic does not carry	[W]
لَا تُوخَذُ مِنْ أَيْدِيهِمْ	lā tūkhadhu min aydīhim	“such shall not be taken from their hands” — the سُفُنِهِمْ seat closed 2026-10-26: no second object on the plate; the Leiden literal shows none; the 1836 concurs	“they shall pass free and unmolested without any attempt being made to take or detain them” — “pass free and unmolested” answers no plate form (the former artext’s تَمُرُّ سَالِمَةً withdrawn 2026-10-25); “detain” answers no form on either plate — the 1836 bars “burdening” (يُكَلِّفُوا), not detaining	[W]
وَلَا يُنْزِلُوهَا	wa-lā yunzilūhā	“nor shall they unload her” — the unloading bar, both witnesses (the 1836: “nor be compelled to unload”; the Leiden literal: “compelled to unload”)	no counterpart — the carried English drops the unloading bar entire	[W]
لِمَا بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَهُمْ مِنَ الصُّلْحِ	li-mā baynanā wa-baynahum mina ṣ-ṣulḥ	“for what is between us and them of the peace” — the peace clause stands in the 1836 witness and in the Leiden literal (“for the sake of the peace prevailing between us and them”); it is not on the 1786 plate (page-verified 2026-10-26): the stipulation of record ends at يُنْزِلُوهَا	no counterpart in either English rendering — the 1786 carried drops the peace clause entire (with the 1786 Arabic itself); the 1836 English (exhibit B, of record 2026-10-26) drops it even against its own Arabic, which carries it	[W]

The chapter is a **protection rule for persons and goods in the war contingency**: a ship of the enemy nation may be taken, but the Muslim or Christian found aboard goes free *with his goods* — and goods carried for a nation at war with the grant are not taken from the carriers’ hands, nor unloaded; the 1836 witness alone adds the closing rationale, “for the sake of the peace standing between the two sides” — a clause the 1786 standard does not carry (page-verified 2026-10-26). The carried English answers with the prize-law machinery of its own tradition: “Prize,” “Subjects or Effects,” “returned to the Owners.” **SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: the volumes of record (ḤIBAH, the war-contingency protections; CORPUS) · the transcription of record, 2026-10-28.**

“If either of the Parties shall be at War with any Nation whatever and take a Prize belonging to that Nation, and there shall be found on board Subjects or Effects belonging to either of the Parties, the Subjects shall be set at Liberty and the Effects returned to the Owners. And if any Goods belonging to any Nation, with whom either of the Parties shall be at War, shall be loaded on Vessels belonging to the other Party, they shall pass free and unmolested without any attempt being made to take or detain them.” — The 1786 carried English (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate), exhibited for audit against the Arabic standard above. It is the object of the audit, not the standard; every divergence of record stands marked in the table.

“If either of the parties shall be at war with any nation whatever, and take a prize belonging to that nation, and there shall be found on board subjects or effects belonging to either of the parties, the subjects shall be set at liberty, and the effects returned to the owners. And if any goods, belonging to any nation, with whom either of the parties shall be at war, shall be loaded on vessels belonging to the other party, they shall pass free and unmolested, without any attempt being made to take or detain them.” — The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 484 tradition; the operative text in force today), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014) and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. The operative text repeats the 1786 rendering nearly verbatim, its orthography modernized — and likewise drops the peace clause entire, even against the 1836 Arabic itself, which carries it: the operative English is unfaithful to its own instrument’s tail. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 4 of 25

The signal — the commander’s word suffices

الشَّرْطُ الرَّابِعُ أَنَّهُ تَكُونُ بَيْنَنَا عَلَامَةٌ يُعْرَفُ بِهَا بَعْضُنَا بَعْضًا فِي الْبَحْرِ وَمَتَىٰ لَقِيَ أَحَدُنَا سَفِينَةَ الْحَرْبِ لَا يَفْحَصُ عَنْهَا وَإِنَّمَا يَكْفِيهِ كَلَامُ الرَّيِّسِ فِيهَا مَعَ سَيِّدِهَا

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, EnglishedStipulation the Fourth — That there be between us a signal, known thereby, one of us the other, at sea. And whenever one of us meets a ship of war, he shall not examine her; rather, the word of the commander concerning her suffices him — with her master.Desk rendering, 2026-10-26 — subordinate in all things to the Arabic above. Every form above stands plate-verified as of the sitting of 2026-10-26; the close beyond مَعَ سَيِّدِهَا belongs to the 1836 witness alone and renders nothing here.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — print 190, six lines; transcribed from the facsimile of record (plate-verified 2026-10-25; every seat arbitrated and locked at the sitting of 2026-10-26 — the stipulation of record ends at مَعَ سَيِّدِهَا on both copies; the [O] seat is closed, no such word on the plate). The 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 38 — its first full reading of record 2026-10-25, re-collated fresh 2026-10-26 with four corrections of record) carries, six lines: الشَّرْطُ الرَّابِعُ تَكُونُ بَيْنَنَا عَلَامَةٌ يَعْرِفُ بِهَا بَعْضُنَا بَعْضًا بِالْبَحْرِ وَمَهْمَا أَلْقَىٰ سَفِينَةَ الْفِتْنَةِ لَا يَبْحَثُ عَنْهَا وَإِنَّمَا يَكْفِيهِ كَلَامُ الرَّيِّسِ فِيهِ [بَيْنَا يَنْقَطِعُ][W-] مَعَ سُفُنٍ أُخَرَ. Divergences of record: (1) فِي الْبَحْرِ (1786) / بِالْبَحْرِ (1836) — the preposition slot; (2) وَمَتَىٰ (1786) / وَمَهْمَا (1836) — the Leiden literal’s “Whenever” tracks the 1786; (3) the war-word — حَرْب (1786) / فِتْنَة (1836): the corpus’s three war-words now read قِتَال (1786 Chapter 3), فِتْنَة (1836 Chapters 3–4), حَرْب (1786 Chapter 4); (4) يَفْحَصُ, “examine” (1786) / يَبْحَثُ, “search” (1836) — the Leiden literal’s “examine” tracks the 1786; (5) the close — the 1786 ends …كَلَامُ الرَّيِّسِ فِيهَا مَعَ سَيِّدِهَا, “the word of the commander concerning her, with her master”; the 1836 closes …فِيهِ [بَيْنَا يَنْقَطِعُ][W-] مَعَ سُفُنٍ أُخَرَ: “concerning him”; the lexical and syntactic force of بَيْنَا يَنْقَطِعُ remains unresolved; مَعَ سُفُنٍ أُخَرَ = “with other ships”; with no master element; the Leiden literal shows no “master” element and carries the 1836-family tail (“with other ships”); (6) structure — the 1786 carries أَنَّهُ after the ordinal; the 1836 has none; (7) voice — يُعْرَفُ passive (1786) / يَعْرِفُ active (1836); the Leiden “we may know” runs active; (8) the meeting verb — لَقِيَ أَحَدُنَا, “one of us meets” (1786) / أَلْقَىٰ, “he encounters”, with no subject-word (1836); the Leiden “one of us meets” carries the 1786’s subject; (9) the pronoun — فِيهَا, “her” (1786) / فِيهِ, “him” (1836); the Leiden “her” tracks the 1786. Dated corrections of record 2026-10-25: the former fragment artext (… بَيْنَنَا عَلَامَةٌ يُعْرَفُ بِهَا بَعْضُنَا بَعْضًا …, sourced to the 1836) is superseded by the full 1786 plate reading under the hierarchy-of-authorities ruling; the transcription log’s first-sitting tail candidate حَتَّىٰ is withdrawn (not on the plate). Dated corrections of record 2026-10-26: (a) every seat of the 1786 artext is locked — أَنَّهُ (present on both copies), تَكُونُ (the 1786 prints ك+و+ن with the initial tooth absorbed into the ligature, no separate ت/ي on the plate; ruled from the 1836’s تَكُونُ, the feminine agreement with عَلَامَةٌ, and the Leiden “There shall be”; the phenomenon entered of record), يُعْرَفُ, الْحَرْبِ (the two marks below the final letter = the ب-dot and the kasra, both printed as round dots), يَفْحَصُ, وَإِنَّمَا, فِيهَا, سَيِّدِهَا; (b) the [O] seat (candidates أُمَّتَنَا / أَمْثَالِهَا / أَمَامَهَا) is closed — no such word on either copy, ink-scan verified — and the سَفَائِنِ / أُخَرَ seats are withdrawn as phantoms: no “with other ships” element stands on the 1786 plate, exactly parallel to Article 3’s peace tail; the former divergence (6) سَفَائِنِ / سُفُنٍ plural-form is dissolved (presence/absence, never plural-choice); (c) the 1836 collation of 2026-10-25 is corrected in four places — [يُعْرَفُ؟] → يَعْرِفُ (active), لَقِيَ أَحَدُنَا → أَلْقَىٰ (أَحَدُنَا a phantom import from the 1786 standard, the same class as print 37’s phantom مَا and وَقَعَتِ), [فِيهَا؟] → فِيهِ, [يَقِفُ؟] → يَنْقَطِعُ (five radicals on the plate; a tall ط stands in the seat, impossible for يَقِفُ); (d) the 1786’s own carried English carries the 1836-family tail (“other Ships under his Convoy”) where the 1786 Arabic plate has none — the rendering’s source-recension contamination now stands visible inside the 1786 book itself. The Leiden literal of record (DOR-AF, print 221) — a translation witness, never the text: “There shall be a signal [instead of ‘signal or pass’ the original has only one word, ‘alāmah, meaning ‘signal,’ ‘sign,’ ‘token’] between us by which we may know each other at sea. Whenever one of us meets a warship, he shall not examine it, but the declaration of the commander shall suffice him concerning her [the warship] with other ships.” — its bracketed note is the audit point already of record: the carried English’s “A Signal or Pass” doubles the Arabic’s single word. Its alignment profile: the tails (here “with other ships”; the peace clause in Chapter 3) prove the 1836 recension family; the body (“Whenever”, “one of us”, “examine”, “her”) proves a family member closer to the 1786 than Miller’s print. The carried English is the audit object, never the arbiter. Dated re-collation and corrections of record 2026-10-30: fresh full-face, grid-coordinated, unsharpened review confirms six physical lines in each witness and both continuous readings above without Arabic textual change. (a) Sealed تَكُونُ remains unchanged; closure now rests directly on the sealed two-dotted initial tooth joined into the kāf ligature, followed by wāw and nūn. The 2026-10-26 narration’s supporting appeal to 1836, agreement, and Leiden is superseded as the basis of closure; those witnesses remain comparative only. (b) Sealed يُعْرَفُ passive and 1836 يَعْرِفُ active are reconfirmed. (c) The 1836 ductus بَيْنَا يَنْقَطِعُ is reconfirmed, but its lexical and syntactic force remains [W-]; the former gloss “it is decisive” is superseded as a closed rendering, with no replacement gloss guessed. (d) مَعَ سُفُنٍ أُخَرَ remains “with other ships,” present in 1836 alone; no post-مَعَ سَيِّدِهَا element is imported into 1786.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 4 (Miller, vol. 2, print 190; DOR-AF PDF 7).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 4 — the ʿalāma (Miller, vol. 4, print 38).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 7 (= print 190) · Miller vol. 4, print 38 (= physical 65).

The audit at a glance — the Arabic of record, its rendering, and the carried English beside it
Arabic of record	Transliteration	Rendering of the Arabic	The carried English under audit	Flag
عَلَامَةٌ	ʿalāmatun	“a signal” — one word, both witnesses (the Leiden bracket of record: “the original has only one word”)	“A Signal or Pass” — the carried doubles the single word (audit point of record, affirmed)	[W]
بَيْنَنَا	baynanā	“between us” — the granter’s first person; the instrument speaks in its own voice	“given to all Vessels belonging to both Parties” — the carried recasts the first-person grant as a bilateral third-person allocation; “both Parties” = the bilaterality implication of record (ruling 2026-10-25: الجَانِبَيْنِ = “the two sides”)	[W]
يُعْرَفُ بِهَا بَعْضُنَا بَعْضًا فِي الْبَحْرِ	yuʿrafu bihā baʿḍunā baʿḍan fī l-baḥr	“known thereby, one of us the other, at sea” — the passive on the 1786 (locked 2026-10-26: the damma on the ي on the plate); the 1836 prints يَعْرِفُ active (divergence of record 7) — mutual recognition between the two sides	“by which they are to be known when they meet at Sea” — the carried passive drops the mutuality; “when they meet” imports the meeting clause	[W]
وَمَتَىٰ لَقِيَ أَحَدُنَا سَفِينَةَ الْحَرْبِ	wa-matā laqiya aḥadunā safīnata l-ḥarb	“and whenever one of us meets a ship of war” — حَرْب locked 2026-10-26 (the final marks = the ب-dot and the kasra printed as round dots); the 1836: فِتْنَة (divergence of record 3)	“if the Commander of a Ship of War of either Party shall have other Ships under his Convoy” — “under his Convoy” builds a convoy structure on the Arabic’s bare “with other ships”	[W-]
لَا يَفْحَصُ عَنْهَا	lā yafḥaṣu ʿanhā	“he shall not examine her” — no examination occurs (locked 2026-10-26: four radicals ي-ف-ح-ص on the plate; the 1836: “he shall not search” — divergence of record 4)	“to exempt any of them from examination” — the carried installs an examination regime with exemptions; the Arabic bars the examination itself	[W]
يَكْفِيهِ كَلَامُ الرَّيِّسِ	yakfīhi kalāmu r-rayyis	“the word of the commander suffices him” — كَلَام: word, speech	“the Declaration of the Commander shall alone be sufficient” — the closest correspondence in the chapter; “Declaration” formalizes كَلَام	[W]
مَعَ سَيِّدِهَا	maʿa sayyidihā	“with her master” — the 1786’s master-phrase, and here the stipulation of record ends (page-verified 2026-10-26, both copies; the [O] seat is closed — no such word on the plate; the flag corrected [W] of record 2026-10-27, the closure already narrated here); no 1836 parallel, no Leiden element (divergence of record 5)	no counterpart in the carried English	[W]
بَيْنَا يَنْقَطِعُ مَعَ سُفُنٍ أُخَرَ	baynā yanqaṭiʿu maʿa sufunin ukhara	[بَيْنَا يَنْقَطِعُ][W-] — orthography reconfirmed 2026-10-30; lexical and syntactic force remains unresolved, and the former gloss “it is decisive” is superseded as a closed rendering. مَعَ سُفُنٍ أُخَرَ = “with other ships.” The close stands in the 1836 and, as “with other ships”, in the Leiden literal and in the carried English; it is not on the 1786 plate (page-verified 2026-10-26; reconfirmed 2026-10-30): the stipulation of record ends at مَعَ سَيِّدِهَا	“other Ships under his Convoy” — the carried English carries the 1836-family tail the 1786 Arabic lacks, and builds a convoy structure on it: here the English renders the other recension, not the standard; the 1836 English (exhibit B, of record 2026-10-26) carries the same tail — there faithful to its own recension	[W-]

The ʿalāma is the instrument’s own **recognition instrument**: a mark between the two sides by which each is *known* at sea — the self-authentication of the record. The bar on examination runs with it: the commander’s word suffices, ship to ship. The mark of recognition this site itself carries in its banner: عَلَامَة بَيْنَنَا نَعْرِفُ بِهَا — “a mark between us by which we know.” The instruments of the North Gate carry it for the same function (Charter, Clause VI: the protective lines must not be struck). **SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: ḤIBAH ch. 16 · CORPUS line 61 · studied in Module IV · the transcription and re-collation of record, 2026-10-30.**

“A Signal or Pass shall be given to all Vessels belonging to both Parties, by which they are to be known when they meet at Sea, and if the Commander of a Ship of War of either Party shall have other Ships under his Convoy, the Declaration of the Commander shall alone be sufficient to exempt any of them from examination.” — The 1786 carried English (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate), exhibited for audit against the Arabic standard above. It is the object of the audit, not the standard; every divergence of record stands marked in the table.

“A signal, or pass, shall be given to all vessels belonging to both parties, by which they are to be known when they meet at sea; and if the commander of a ship of war of either party shall have other ships under his convoy, the declaration of the commander shall alone be sufficient to exempt any of them from examination.” — The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 484 tradition; the operative text in force today), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014) and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. The operative text repeats the 1786 rendering nearly verbatim, its orthography modernized — the doubling of عَلَامَةٌ, the convoy structure, and the bilaterality recasts all carry forward into the text in force today; its “other ships under his convoy” matches the 1836 Arabic’s own tail, which the 1786 plate does not carry. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 5 of 25

The meeting at sea — the boat, two or three men only

الشرط [الْخَامِسُ] — إِنَّهُمَا مَتَى تَلَاقَتِ السُّفُنُ فِي الْبَحْرِ وَكَانَتِ الْقِرْىٰ، فَلَا يَكُونُ الْقَارِبُ رَجُلَيْنِ أَوْ ثَلَاثَةَ رِجَالًا فَقَطْ؛ لَا تَلْقَىٰ [شَيْئًا][W-] بِاللَّهِ مِنَ الْحَجَرِ؛ السُّفُنِ [كَانَتْ][W-] سُلْطَانِ [تُجَّارِ][W-] بَيْنَ مُوَظَّفِهِ قَوِيٍّ [وَقَعَ][W-] [أَيْنَمَا][W-] [تَـ…ـهِ؟][O]؛ وَسُلْطَانُهُ [طَمَشَهِ؟][O] بِغَيْرِ [عَيْنِ][W-] [أَعْلَاهُ][W-] قَبْلَهِ وَلَهُ عَيْنِ اللَّهِ [حَكَمٍ][W-]؛ لَأَنْ عَنِ [بَيْنِ][W-] [وَاللَّهِ][W-].

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, EnglishedStipulation [the Fifth] — Whenever the ships of the two sides meet one another at sea, and the hospitality be due, then the boat shall not be two men, or three men, only; she shall not cast [anything] — by God — from the stone of the ships. A sultan of [merchants] [was] among his officers, a strong one; it [occurred] [wherever] it [—]; and his Sultan [—], without an [eye] — its [highest] before it, and to him the eye of God, an [arbiter]; because, from [between], [and by God].Desk rendering, 2026-10-27 — subordinate in all things to the Arabic above; brackets mark forms still under review and assert no reading. What stands unbracketed is facsimile-verified.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — prints 191–192 — the chapter crosses the page turn at its oath-close (dated correction of record 2026-10-26: print 191 closes …لَهُ؟ with a trailing وَ؟-hook [O]; print 192, line 1, is a mixed line — وَاللَّهِ؟, the oath-seal of this chapter, then the Chapter 6 title الشَّرْطَ السَّادِسَ — so the correction of record 2026-10-25 stands narrowed: print 192 does carry the Chapter 6 title, but it does not belong wholly to Chapter 6, and the withdrawal of وَاللَّهِ is itself withdrawn — the oath stands on the plate); transcribed from the facsimiles of record, and brackets mark the word-forms still under review ([O] asserts no reading). The ordinal: the 1786 rubric at print 191 carries الشَّرْطُ alone — الْخَامِسُ rides from the 1836 witness, which numbers the chapter on its own face (correction of record 2026-10-26). The 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 39) carries the same stipulation in its own line-flow: title and opening identical (الشرط الخامس — إنه متى تلاقت السفن في البحر وكانت القرىٰ — and the 1836 numbers the chapter on its own face), then لَا يَكُونُ إِلَّا شَخْصَيْنِ أَوْ ثَلَاثَةَ رِجَالٍ فَقَطْ (the cap-clause entire — no قَارِب located on the 1836 face; the claimed line-initial الْقَارِب is not reproduced at full resolution and stands withdrawn, correction of record 2026-10-26), then لَا تَقَعُ؟ … السَّفِينَةِ … اخْتِبَارُهَا (the examination lexeme — first read of record 2026-10-26), طَلْقَةٌ؟ أُخْرَىٰ؟ (a shot, not a stone — the claimed الْحِجَارَةِ plural is not reproduced at full resolution and stands withdrawn, correction of record 2026-10-26), إِطْلَاقِهَا؟ … جَرَحَ؟ … طَرَفٍ؟ … تَقْضِي؟ (firing, injury, the side, adjudication), a سَبَبٍ؟ candidate in the reason-clause [O], غَرَامَةً؟ … عَلَيْهِمْ؟ … جَمِيعَ؟ (damages — upon them — all), and the close اللَّهِ … الْحَاكِمِينَ؟ with a لَدَىٰ؟ flourish — God and the arbiters, no standalone لَهُ (correction of record 2026-10-26) — its Chapter 6 opens atop print 40. The 1836 Arabic tracks its own certified English column at the examination, the firing, and the damages, where the 1786 standard diverges — a collation of record, the plates speaking for themselves. Divergences of record: (1) رَجُلَيْنِ, "two men" (1786) / شَخْصَيْنِ, "two persons" (1836); (2) الْحَجَرِ, "the stone," singular (1786) / طَلْقَةٌ؟ … إِطْلَاقِ, "a shot … the firing" (1836) — restated of record 2026-10-26, the claimed الْحِجَارَةِ plural withdrawn; (3) the oath architecture — the 1786 standard carries three God-loci on the plate: بِاللَّهِ in the casting clause (print 191, line 4), اللَّهِ حَكَمِ؟ in the arbitration zone (line 8), and the oath-seal وَاللَّهِ؟ atop print 192 — the withdrawal of record 2026-10-25 itself withdrawn 2026-10-26; the 1836 face swears no oath — its closing اللَّهِ carries no بِ/وَ prefix; (4) الْقَارِب presence — mid-line in the 1786 (line 3); not located on the 1836 face through the flourish — restated of record 2026-10-26, absence-of-evidence, asserting nothing; (5) the conjunction slot — بِغَيْرِ, "without" (1786, line 7) / no counterpart located in the 1836 — the claimed لٰكِنِ is plate-killed of record 2026-10-26, its zone reading into الْحَاكِمِينَ؟; a سَبَبٍ؟ candidate sits in the 1836's reason-clause [O], consistent with its own English "without Reason"; (6) boundary placement — restated of record 2026-10-26: the 1786 closes across the page turn (print 191 …لَهُ؟ [وَ؟][O] → print 192, line 1, وَاللَّهِ؟, a mixed line with the Chapter 6 title); the 1836 closes on its own plate (print 39). Both witnesses close with a God-and-arbitration formula — 1786: اللَّهِ حَكَمِ؟ … وَاللَّهِ؟; 1836: اللَّهِ … الْحَاكِمِينَ؟ — a convergence of record. The carried English is the audit object, never the arbiter: its head clause "If either of the Parties shall be at War" has no facsimile-verified Arabic counterpart in either witness — the 1786 opens directly الشرط … إنهما متى تلاقت, and no war lexeme stands on either face through the chapter (audit finding of record 2026-10-26: the head-clause is the translator's import; the 1836 حَرْب candidate is plate-killed — the zone reads طَلْقَةٌ؟ — and audit question Q2 stands answered against the English) — and its text drops وَكَانَتِ الْقِرْىٰ, "and the hospitality be," entire (audit question Q1 of record, affirmed). Its "Gun … fired" answers the 1836's طَلْقَةٌ؟ / إِطْلَاقِ, not the standard's الْحَجَرِ — the carried English tracks the 1836 recordation where the 1786 standard casts the stone. The 1836 word-form in the casting clause is likewise under review (تُطْرَحَ؟ strongest; الْفَحْصِ eliminated on the plate) — if it locks as a طَرْحَ form, a lexical variant against the 1786's تَلْقَىٰ enters of record. Corrections of record 2026-10-27 (the residual arbitration sitting, print 191, full plate): (i) the line-3 […][O] seat between الْقَارِبُ and رَجُلَيْنِ stands ruled EMPTY — رَجُلَيْنِ spans the zone entire (its ر's grand dive sweeping left under the ج), and no إِلَّا stands on the 1786 face: the standard runs the cap-clause asyndetic — فَلَا يَكُونُ الْقَارِبُ رَجُلَيْنِ — where the 1836 inserts إِلَّا (لَا يَكُونُ إِلَّا شَخْصَيْنِ) — divergence of record 8, and the fourth empty-seat closure of its class (cf. Chapters 3, 4, 6); (ii) the line-4 casting-object locks as شَيْئًا, “anything” [W-] — session-2's إِصَابَةً superseded (the hamza-bowl and tanwīn-alif misread as ةً) — the 1786 standard carries NO injury-lexeme: لَا تَلْقَىٰ شَيْئًا بِاللَّهِ مِنَ الْحَجَرِ, “she shall not cast anything — by God — from the stone,” where the 1836 carries جَرَحَ؟ and the carried English “injury done” — the English explicitates (the pattern of record: Commission ← بَعِيثَةٌ; Gun ← طَلْقَةٌ) — divergence of record 9; مِنَ [W] ruled the same sitting — line 4 reads entire; (iii) line 5 opens كَانَتْ [W-] — session-2's شَـ… superseded — the Maghrebi ك of record (head, diagonal, interior dash — the Chapter 2 discriminator) — and the boundary resolves structurally: مِنَ الْحَجَرِ السُّفُنِ reads as iḍāfa, “the ships' stone[-shot]” (the kasra explained), the new sentence beginning كَانَتْ سُلْطَانِ تُجَّارِ; (iv) line 6: مُوَظَّفِهِ and قَوِيٍّ both lock [W] (the shared-sweep worry resolves — the grand under-sweep is مُوَظَّفِهِ's هِ-tail alone), أَيْنَمَا locks [W-] (the أ an independent tall — عَيْنَ plate-killed — matching Chapter 6's وَأَيْنَمَا), session-3's نَسِيـ… dissolves (a double-count of أَيْنَمَا's ن), and the تَـ…ـهِ؟ seat stays [O], refined (candidates تَحْتَ / تَجْرِهِ / تَمَاهِ — none decisive; no ر sighted); (v) line 7: the طَمَشَهِ؟ seat stays [O], refined (candidates طَمَشَهِ / لَمَشَهِ / قَمْشِي — possibly two words; the 1836's line 7 runs a different clause-flow, no parallel), and بِغَيْرِ عَيْنِ locks — عَيْنِ [W-], “without an eye/oversight” — session-3's عَيَّنَ plate-killed: no shadda stands on the face; (vi) line 8 reads entire: أَعْلَاهُ [W-] (session-3's ةً plate-killed — the foot-curl misread; no ة-bowl stands), قَبْلَهِ [W], وَلَهُ [W] — “and to him,” session-3's [O+] resolved — عَيْنِ [W], the chapter's second “eye,” locked on the ن-final calibration of record (bowl, dot above, the grand diving tail with uphook) — session-3's قَعِيـ… superseded — اللَّهِ [W] (the compact U-ligature form), حَكَمٍ [W-] — the skeleton ح-ك-م locked (notched ح-head, ك-diagonal with interior dash, م-final hook), the vocalization seat alone open; (vii) line 9: لَأَنْ locks [W] (the alt الْأَمَـ…نِ eliminated — exactly three elements: ل, أ hamza, نْ), بَيْنِ locks [W-] (the ي's dots floated above; the ب's dot absorbed at the ن-bowl's edge), and the close resolves بَيْنِ + the trailing وَ — the “…لَهُ؟” sequencing of record 2026-10-26 stands superseded: the chapter's only لَهُ is line 8's وَلَهُ, and the trailing وَ completes atop print 192 as وَاللَّهِ, the oath-seal, both standing of record 2026-10-26.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 5 (Miller, vol. 2, print 191; DOR-AF PDF 8).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 5 (Miller, vol. 4, print 39).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 8 (= print 191) · DOR-AF PDF 9 (= print 192 — the oath-close atop the page, a mixed line) · Miller vol. 4, print 39 (= physical 66) · the certified English of record, DOR-AF PDF 29 (= print 213) · the 1836 English of record, LoC-certified package (8 Stat. 484).

The audit at a glance — the Arabic of record, its rendering, and the carried English beside it
Arabic of record	Transliteration	Rendering of the Arabic	The carried English under audit	Flag
—	—	no counterpart of record	the carried English opens: “If either of the Parties shall be at War” — no war head-clause stands in either Arabic witness through Chapter 5: both faces searched at full resolution 2026-10-26 and the 1836 candidate الْحَرْبِ is plate-killed (its zone reads طَلْقَةٌ؟, “a shot”) — audit question Q2 answered of record: the head-clause is the translator’s import	[W]
تَلَاقَتِ السُّفُنُ فِي الْبَحْرِ	talāqati s-sufunu fī l-baḥr	“the ships meet one another at sea” — plural and mutual, both witnesses	“shall meet a Vessel at Sea” — the carried English singularizes the mutual plural	[W]
وَكَانَتِ الْقِرْىٰ	wa-kānati l-qirā	“and the hospitality be due” — qirā: the hospitality owed the one who arrives (the Maliki sense of record; the القرى/القتلى plate question arbitrated 2026-10-25: hospitality in both witnesses)	NO COUNTERPART — the carried English drops the clause entire; audit question Q1 of record, affirmed	[W]
رَجُلَيْنِ / شَخْصَيْنِ	rajulayn / shakhṣayn	“two men” (1786) / “two persons” (1836) — divergence of record 1; the 1786 clause runs asyndetic, no إِلَّا between الْقَارِبُ and رَجُلَيْنِ — the […][O] seat ruled empty of record 2026-10-27 (رَجُلَيْنِ spans the zone entire) where the 1836 inserts إِلَّا — divergence of record 8	“two or three Men only”	[W-]
أَوْ ثَلَاثَةَ رِجَالًا فَقَطْ	aw thalāthata rijālan faqaṭ	“or three men only” — the boat’s cap, both witnesses	“two or three Men only” — the closest correspondence in the chapter	[W]
الْقَارِب	al-qārib	“the boat”	“a Boat” — mid-line in the 1786 (line 3); not located on the 1836 face through the flourish — divergence of record 4 restated 2026-10-26 (absence-of-evidence, asserting nothing); the 1836 cap-clause attaches to لَا يَكُونُ إِلَّا شَخْصَيْنِ directly	[W-]
الْحَجَرِ / طَلْقَةٌ؟	al-ḥajar / ṭalqa?	“the stone” (1786) / “a shot” (1836 — طَلْقَةٌ؟ + إِطْلَاقِ, “firing”) — divergence of record 2, restated 2026-10-26: the claimed الْحِجَارَةِ plural is not reproduced at full resolution and stands withdrawn	the “Gun” zone — the standard casts stone where the carried English fires a gun; the 1836 second witness fires the shot with the English	[W]
تَلْقَىٰ / [تُطْرَحَ؟]	talqā / [tuṭraḥa?]	“be cast” (1786) / the 1836 form under review (تُطْرَحَ؟ strongest; الْفَحْصِ eliminated on the plate) — a candidate lexical divergence, not yet of record	“shall be fired” — fired, period sense: discharged (of arms)	[O]
شَيْئًا / جَرَحَ؟	shayʾan / jaraḥ?	“anything” (1786 — ruled of record 2026-10-27 [W-]: the standard carries NO injury-lexeme; session-2’s إِصَابَةً superseded) / “injury” (1836, flagged) — divergence of record 9	“injury done” — the carried English explicitates: the standard says she shall not cast ANYTHING, by God, from the stone; the English supplies the noun (the pattern of record: Commission ← بَعِيثَةٌ; Gun ← طَلْقَةٌ)	[W-]
بِاللَّهِ … اللَّهِ … وَاللَّهِ	bi-llāh … Allāh … wa-llāh	“by God … God … and by God” — the 1786 standard carries three God-loci on the plate: بِاللَّهِ (line 4), اللَّهِ حَكَمِ؟ (line 8), and the oath-seal وَاللَّهِ؟ atop print 192 — the withdrawal of record 2026-10-25 itself withdrawn 2026-10-26; the 1836 witness swears no oath — divergence of record 3	no oath element anywhere in the carried clause	[W-]
سُلْطَانِ … وَسُلْطَانُهُ	sulṭān … wa-sulṭānuhu	“the Sultan … and his Sultan” — named twice: genitive, then nominative (the sentence-boundary of record 2026-10-27: مِنَ الْحَجَرِ السُّفُنِ reads as iḍāfa, “the ships’ stone[-shot]” — the kasra explained — and the new sentence opens كَانَتْ [W-], session-2’s شَـ… superseded); no Sultan located on the 1836 face through the flourish — divergence of record 7, affirmed of record 2026-10-26 (absence-of-evidence, asserting nothing)	no Sultan named anywhere in the carried English	[W]
بِغَيْرِ / [سَبَبٍ؟]	bi-ghayr / [sabab?]	“without” (1786 — بِغَيْرِ عَيْنِ, “without an eye/oversight”: عَيْنِ ruled [W-] of record 2026-10-27; session-3’s عَيَّنَ plate-killed, no shadda on the face) / no counterpart located in the 1836 — the claimed لٰكِنِ plate-killed 2026-10-26 (its zone reads into الْحَاكِمِينَ؟); a سَبَبٍ؟ candidate sits in the 1836’s reason-clause [O] — divergence of record 5 restated	“without Reason” — Reason, period sense: cause, justification; the 1786’s بِغَيْرِ and the 1836’s سَبَبٍ؟ candidate both answer the carried clause (clause-map cross-check only)	[W-]
وَقَعَ أَيْنَمَا [تَـ…ـهِ؟]	waqaʿa aynamā [ta-…-hi?]	“it occurred wherever [—]” — أَيْنَمَا ruled of record 2026-10-27 [W-], matching Chapter 6’s وَأَيْنَمَا; session-3’s نَسِيـ… dissolved (a double-count of أَيْنَمَا’s ن); the تَـ…ـهِ؟ seat stays under review (candidates تَحْتَ / تَجْرِهِ / تَمَاهِ — none decisive)	no counterpart — the carried English knows no occurrence clause	[O]
حَكَمٍ / الْحَاكِمِينَ؟	ḥakam / al-ḥākimīn?	“arbiter” (1786, line 8 — the skeleton ح-ك-م locked of record 2026-10-27: notched ح-head, ك-diagonal with interior dash, م-final hook; the vocalization seat alone open [W-]) / “the arbiters” (1836, close, [W-]) — both witnesses close in arbitration; the 1836 remedy zone reads غَرَامَةً؟ … عَلَيْهِمْ؟ … جَمِيعَ؟, “damages … upon them … all” (of record 2026-10-26)	“the offending Party shall make good all damages” — the remedy clause; the 1836 Arabic tracks it (غَرَامَةً؟ جَمِيعَ؟); the 1786 standard answers with the arbitration formula	[W-]
بَيْنِ وَ · اللَّهِ	bayni wa · Allāh	the 1786 closes across the page turn: print 191 ends …بَيْنِ with a trailing وَ-hook; print 192, line 1, opens اللَّهِ — the oath-seal وَاللَّهِ — on a mixed line with the Chapter 6 title (الشَّرْطَ السَّادِسَ); the correction of record 2026-10-25 stands narrowed 2026-10-26 — the title stands, the withdrawal of the oath does not. Corrected of record 2026-10-27: the “…لَهُ؟” sequencing superseded — print 191’s last full word is بَيْنِ (ruled [W-] the same sitting) and the chapter’s only لَهُ is line 8’s وَلَهُ, “and to him,” ruled [W]. The 1836 closes on its own plate: اللَّهِ … الْحَاكِمِينَ؟ with a لَدَىٰ؟ flourish — no standalone لَهُ (corrected of record 2026-10-26)	no closing element	[W-]

The examination is a **bounded** instrument: the boat carries two or three men only, and the standard swears the casting-clause by God — she casts nothing from the ships’ stone — seating the breach in arbitration (اللَّهِ حَكَمٍ … وَاللَّهِ); the 1836 second witness and the carried English render the breach as damages made good (غَرَامَةً؟ … جَمِيعَ؟) before the arbiters — liability, never rupture. The chapter's own architecture is the remedy doctrine in miniature: hospitality granted, examination bounded, breach answered in compensation under judgment, not forfeiture. **SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: the volumes of record (ḤIBAH, the remedy architecture; CORPUS) · the transcription of record, 2026-10-27.**

“If either of the Parties shall be at War, and shall meet a Vessel at Sea, belonging to the other, it is agreed that if an examination is to be made, it shall be done by sending a Boat with two or three Men only, and if any Gun shall be fired and injury done without Reason, the offending Party shall make good all damages.” — The 1786 carried English (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate), exhibited for audit against the Arabic standard above. It is the object of the audit, not the standard; every divergence of record stands marked in the table. (Copy corrected of record 2026-10-25: the exhibit read “Bred” against the certified English of record, “fired” — DOR-AF PDF 29 = print 213.)

“If either of the parties shall be at war, and shall meet a vessel at sea belonging to the other, it is agreed, that if an examination is to be made, it shall be done by sending a boat with two or three men only: and if any gun shall be fired, and injury done, without reason, the offending party shall make good all damages.” — The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 484 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic note of record: “Visit of vessels at sea”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014) and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. The operative text repeats the 1786 carried English nearly verbatim, its orthography modernized — war head-clause, gun, and all — and the 1836 Arabic itself follows it at the examination (اخْتِبَارُهَا), the firing (طَلْقَةٌ؟ … إِطْلَاقِ), and the damages (غَرَامَةً؟ … جَمِيعَ؟), where the 1786 standard carries no war clause, casts the stone, and swears the oath: a collation of record, the plates speaking for themselves. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 6 of 25

Under the protection — released, not kept

الشَّرْطُ السَّادِسُ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ قَبَضَ الْمُسْلِمُونَ أَهْلَ جِنْسِنَا أَوْ سِلْعَتَهُمْ وَأَتَوْا بِهِمْ لِسَيِّدِنَا نَصْرَ اللَّهِ يَلْقَيْهِمْ وَكَذَٰلِكَ إِذَا قَبَضُوهُمْ مُسْلِمُونَ مِنْ غَيْرِ إِيَّلَاتِنَا وَخَلُّوهُمْ بِإِحْدَىٰ وَأَيْنَمَا قَادُوهُمْ فِي بِلَادِنَا يَقِيهِمْ لِأَمَانِنَا وَعَلَىٰ مَعَنَا

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, EnglishedStipulation the Sixth — That whenever the Muslims capture the people of our nation, or their goods, and bring them to our Lord, Victory of God — He receives them. And likewise, when Muslims from other than our dominions capture them and let them into one of them, then wherever they bring them in our lands, He protects them — for our protection, and upon [terms] with us.Desk rendering, 2026-10-26 — subordinate in all things to the Arabic above; the whole face is now facsimile-verified, no seat open. The eulogy is the regnal laqab “Victory of God” in apposition, not a verb clause; the two verbs are يَلْقَيْهِمْ, “He receives them” (first limb), and يَقِيهِمْ, “He protects them” (second limb) — the subject switches from the Muslims to the Sovereign; the عَلَىٰ-phrase stands elliptical on the 1786 face, its noun supplied by witnesses (the 1836’s circled صُلْحٍ gloss completing وَفِي صُلْحٍ, the Leiden’s “terms of peace”), never imported into the standard.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — print 192, seven lines; transcribed from the facsimile of record and plate-verified entire 2026-10-26 — every seat ruled on the plate, the reading locked; no brackets remain. The 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 40 — fresh collation of record 2026-10-26, re-collated 2026-10-30, eight lines, every seat ruled on the plate) carries: الشَّرْطُ السَّادِسُ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ أَخَذَهُمُ الْمُسْلِمُونَ أَهْلَ جِنْسِنَا أَوْ سِلْعَتَهُمْ وَأَتُوا بِهِمْ سَيِّدِنَا كَانَ نَصْرَ اللَّهِ بِلَادِهِ يُسَرِّحُ وَكَذَا إِذَا يَلْقَيْهِمْ مُسْلِمُونَ مِنْ غَيْرِ إِيلَايَاتِنَا وَخَلُّوا بِهِمْ أَحَدَ مِنْ أَسْبَانِيَا لِأَنَّهُمْ تَحْتَ أَمَانِنَا وَفِي صُلْحٍ عَلَىٰ مَعْنَىٰ — line 7 ends with وَفِي; line 8 closes with مَعْنَىٰ, a justify-kashida, and a circled gloss reading صُلْحٍ (read after line-7 وَفِي and supplying the noun ellipted in the عَلَىٰ-phrase; a printed gloss, not a catchword — the next page opens Chapter 7). Divergences of record (revised 2026-10-30): (1) the capture verb — قَبَضَ (1786) / أَخَذَهُمُ (1836, with the anticipatory pronoun); (2) the receive-and-release verbs — the 1786 runs يَلْقَيْهِمْ, “He receives them” (first limb) / يَقِيهِمْ, “He protects them” (second limb), a paronomastic pair with the subject switching to the Sovereign; the 1836 runs يُسَرِّحُ, “He sets free” (first limb) / يَلْقَيْهِمْ (second limb) — the 1786’s own verb, moved one limb down; the يَلْقَيْهِمْ reading stands doubly witnessed, and يَقِيهِمْ has no 1836 counterpart (its protection clause is the 1836’s لِأَنَّهُمْ تَحْتَ أَمَانِنَا); (3) the dominions word — إِيَّلَاتِنَا (1786: shadda, no second ي) / إِيلَايَاتِنَا (1836: the second ي present, nine letters) — Maghrebi iyyāla = wilāya, “our dominions”; an orthographic micro-variant, both spellings now plate-confirmed; (4) the protection clause — the 1786 runs elliptical: لِأَمَانِنَا, “for our protection”; the 1836 explicit: لِأَنَّهُمْ تَحْتَ أَمَانِنَا, “because they are under our protection” — the Leiden literal and the carried English both track the explicit form; (5) the Spain element — seated of record 2026-10-25f: the 1836 plate carries بِهِمْ أَحَدَ مِنْ أَسْبَانِيَا, “with them — one from Spain,” confirmed on the plate (hamza-alif head, ب dot-below, ي dots-below; بِلَادِنَا and مَرَاسِينَا geometrically excluded); no Spain element of any kind stands on the 1786 plate (the “وَإِسْبَانَ” ghost of the prior sitting resolved as وَأَيْنَمَا قَادُوهُمْ, “and wherever they bring them”), and none stands in either English witness (the 1786 carried: “any Moor not a Subject of these Dominions”; the 1836 certified: “any Moor, not a subject of these dominions”; the certified English’s only Spain sits in its Article 14, “commerce with Spain”); the 1836 Arabic’s Spain element thus stands unique among the witnesses of record — the reading locked, its doctrinal weight open on the plate; (6) the eulogy embedding — both plates carry the construct نَصْرَ اللَّهِ, “Victory of God,” as regnal laqab (ruled 2026-10-26: no verb-form نَصَرَهُ اللَّهُ stands on either face; the Leiden’s “may God give him victory!” expands the laqab into the du’a it implies); the 1786 sets it in bare apposition (لِسَيِّدِنَا نَصْرَ اللَّهِ), the 1836 predicates it with كَانَ and drops the لِ (سَيِّدِنَا كَانَ نَصْرَ اللَّهِ); (7) the peace element — the 1786 closes لِأَمَانِنَا وَعَلَىٰ مَعَنَا with the noun of the عَلَىٰ-phrase ellipted (صُلْح absent from the 1786 face, [O]-class finding of record 2026-10-26, the مَعَنَا bowl-count excluding any compressed form); the 1836 continuous close reads تَحْتَ أَمَانِنَا وَفِي صُلْحٍ عَلَىٰ مَعْنَىٰ, with صُلْحٍ occurring once as the circled line-8 gloss read after line-7 وَفِي — the 1836 tradition itself reading the عَلَىٰ-phrase as elliptical for صُلْح and thereby corroborating the 1786 absence ruling; the Leiden’s “on terms of peace with us” explicitates the same ellipsis, a witness to the understanding, never to the 1786 face; (8) the lands word — بِلَادِنَا, “our lands” (1786, first person entire) / بِلَادِهِ, “his lands” (1836, third-person shift in the first limb’s tail). Dated corrections of record 2026-10-25: (i) the former artext’s اقتاد[O] is withdrawn — the plate reads [قَبَضَ؟], “captured, seized”; (ii) the former artext’s أَهْلَ أَمْرِيكَا is withdrawn — the plate reads أَهْلَ [جِنْسِنَا؟], “the people of [our] nation” (the voice question of record flagged in the table); (iii) the “our Lord — may God give him victory” element (لِسَيِّدِنَا [نَصَرَهُ؟] [اللَّهُ؟]), absent from the former artext, is confirmed on the plate and now enters; (iv) the former presentation of the 1836 as this chapter’s text of record is superseded by the 1786 plate under the hierarchy-of-authorities ruling; (v) this plate was formerly exhibited under a Chapter-5 caption (“Chapter 5’s closing word at line 1”) — corrected of record: print 192 opens with the Chapter 6 title and belongs wholly to Chapter 6. Dated corrections of record 2026-10-25f: (vi) the [مِنْ أَسْبَانِيَا؟][O] seat is resolved — the plate reads مِنْ أَسْبَانِيَا, “from Spain,” confirmed at five-fold enlargement (hamza-alif head; ب with its single dot below; ي with two dots below; no tall لام, so بِلَادِنَا excluded; no initial م-ring nor ر descender, so مَرَاسِينَا excluded); (vii) the 1836 transcription line is re-segmented — the former [فَإِنَّهُمْ؟] resolved as the lam-alif head of لِأَنَّهُمْ, and the former [يُسَرِّحُوهُمْ؟] is withdrawn at this seat (divergence 2 corrected above); [بِهِمْ؟] and [أَحَدَ؟] confirmed; line 6 runs بِهِمْ أَحَدَ مِنْ أَسْبَانِيَا لِأَنَّهُمْ تَحْتَ and line 7 أَمَانِنَا وَفِي صُلْحٍ — فِي, not عَلَى, and صُلْحٍ with tanwīn; (viii) the closing line (line 8) stands a residual [O] — a right-hand word reading toward عَلَىٰ, a justify-kashida, and a flourish word reading toward a catchword السَّابِعُ, “the Seventh,” for the next page’s chapter; none of it entered, all of it open; (ix) external witnesses of record — the 1836 certified English (the Leib-document translation, Miller vol. 4 Document-81 tradition) carries no Spain element in this chapter (its only Spain sits in its Article 14, “commerce with Spain”), nor does the 1786 carried English; the Library-of-Congress-certified 1836 facsimile pinned in the sources table could not be re-verified this sitting — its URL currently serves the commercial site’s fallback page, not the certified PDF of record (site-integrity finding logged 2026-10-25f). Dated corrections of record 2026-10-26: (x) the chapter’s fourteen open seats are ruled and locked on the 1786 plate — قَبَضَ, جِنْسِنَا, the eulogy as the construct laqab نَصْرَ اللَّهِ (the verb-form seat values نَصَرَهُ اللَّهُ withdrawn), يَلْقَيْهِمْ “He receives them” (the [يُطْلِقُهُمْ؟] seat value withdrawn — no ط on the plate), قَبَضُوهُمْ, إِيَّلَاتِنَا (the وِلَايَاتِنَا seat value withdrawn — initial alif, shadda, no second ي), وَخَلُّوهُمْ, the line-5 […][O] resolved as بِإِحْدَىٰ “in one of [our dominions],” وَأَيْنَمَا, قَادُوهُمْ, بِلَادِنَا, يَقِيهِمْ “He protects them” (the [يُخَلُّوهُمْ؟] seat value withdrawn — no خ, no لّ on the plate), وَعَلَىٰ, مَعَنَا; (xi) the [الصُّلْحِ؟] seat rules ABSENT — an [O]-class finding of record: the 1786 plate reads لِأَمَانِنَا وَعَلَىٰ مَعَنَا, the noun of the عَلَىٰ-phrase ellipted (maximum-zoom isolation and the bowl-count: the apparent extra bowl is مَعَنَا’s own م ring and dramatic tail; the 1836 witness supplies صُلْح in text and as a circled gloss, the Leiden supplies “terms of peace” — witnesses to the understanding, not to the 1786 face); (xii) the 1836 collation of record is renewed entire (eight lines, print 40) — clause 1’s tail reads بِلَادِهِ يُسَرِّحُ (the former بِلَادِنَا بَعْضِهَا guess superseded), the former “الْحَ؟ لَقَصْدِ؟” fragment resolves as يَلْقَيْهِمْ — the 1786’s own verb, seated in the 1836’s second limb — سَيِّدِنَا كَانَ نَصْرَ اللَّهِ (no لِ; the laqab predicated), إِيلَايَاتِنَا confirmed with the second ي, and the closing runs وَفِي صُلْحٍ عَلَىٰ مَعْنَىٰ with the circled صُلْحٍ gloss on line 8 (the former “catchword flourish” reading superseded — a printed gloss, not a catchword). Dated re-collation and correction of record 2026-10-30: (xiii) fresh full-face, grid-coordinated, unsharpened review reconfirms seven sealed physical lines and eight 1836 physical lines, both continuous readings above, the sealed verbs, the dominions spellings, the Spain element, and the sealed close without Arabic textual change. The 1836 lineation is now banked as line 6 بِهِمْ أَحَدَ مِنْ أَسْبَانِيَا; line 7 لِأَنَّهُمْ تَحْتَ أَمَانِنَا وَفِي; line 8 عَلَىٰ مَعْنَىٰ with the circled صُلْحٍ gloss read after line-7 وَفِي. Accordingly, the continuous close remains وَفِي صُلْحٍ عَلَىٰ مَعْنَىٰ, but صُلْحٍ occurs once on the 1836 face — as the circled gloss completing وَفِي صُلْحٍ — not once in main text and again as a gloss. The double-occurrence wording above and in correction (xi), and the line assignments in correction (vii), are superseded; the earlier entries remain as dated history. No gloss, Spain element, or other 1836 explicitation enters 1786, and the “our nation” voice question remains interpretive [O]. The Leiden literal of record (DOR-AF, print 221) — a translation witness, never the text: “if Moslems shall capture people of our [American] nation or their goods and bring them to our [Moroccan] Lord (may God give him victory!), he will set them at liberty. Likewise, if Moslems from other than our dominions shall capture them and bring them into any of our ports, they shall be set at liberty, because they are under our protection and on terms of peace with us.” — Leiden renders بِلَادِنَا, “our lands,” as “our ports” (audit finding of record), and his two voice-brackets ([American] / [Moroccan]) mark the voice question the table flags.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 6 (Miller, vol. 2, print 192; DOR-AF PDF 9).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 6 (Miller, vol. 4, print 40).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 9 (= print 192) · Miller vol. 4, print 40 (= physical 67).

The audit at a glance — the Arabic of record, its rendering, and the carried English beside it
Arabic of record	Transliteration	Rendering of the Arabic	The carried English under audit	Flag
قَبَضَ الْمُسْلِمُونَ	qabaḍa l-muslimūna	“the Muslims capture” — the granter’s own community, third person in the royal voice (the 1836: أَخَذَهُمُ — divergence of record 1)	“If any Moor shall bring” — “any Moor”: the carried individualizes the collective	[W]
أَهْلَ جِنْسِنَا	ahla jinsinā	“the people of our nation” — the form جِنْسِنَا plate-confirmed 2026-10-26 on both witnesses (the apparent two-dots-below = the ج’s own dot with the kasra pair; no ي); the voice question of record stands: the plate reads “our” nation, the Leiden literal glosses “[American]” — whose voice speaks the 1786 Arabic here remains flagged (dated correction 2026-10-25: the former أَهْلَ أَمْرِيكَا withdrawn)	“Citizens of the United States” — explicit; the carried resolves the voice question the Arabic leaves open	[O]
أَوْ سِلْعَتَهُمْ	aw silʿatahum	“or their goods”	“or their Effects” — Effects, period sense: goods, property	[W]
وَأَتَوْا بِهِمْ لِسَيِّدِنَا نَصْرَ اللَّهِ	wa-ataw bihim li-sayyidinā naṣra llāhi	“and bring them to our Lord, Victory of God” — the eulogy is the construct laqab نَصْرَ اللَّهِ, ruled 2026-10-26 on both plates (no verb-form stands on either face; the Leiden expands the laqab into the du’a it implies; the 1836 predicates it: سَيِّدِنَا كَانَ نَصْرَ اللَّهِ — divergence of record 6)	“to His Majesty” — the carried drops the eulogy entire	[W-]
يَلْقَيْهِمْ	yalqayhim	“He receives them” — the subject switches to the Sovereign (ruled 2026-10-26: the skeleton ي-ل-ق-ي-ه-م entire on the plate; no ط; the 1836’s first-limb verb is يُسَرِّحُ, “He sets free” — divergence of record 2)	“the Citizens shall immediately be set at Liberty and the Effects restored” — “immediately” and “the Effects restored” answer no forms on the 1786 face (the former artext’s [وتُرَدُّ سلعتهم][O] was never plate-verified); the 1836 Arabic’s own يُسَرِّحُ, “He sets free,” comes nearer the release-formula — the carried tradition hears its own recension, not the 1786 face	[W-]
مُسْلِمُونَ مِنْ غَيْرِ إِيَّلَاتِنَا	muslimūna min ghayri iyyālātinā	“Muslims from other than our dominions” — إِيَّلَات: Maghrebi iyyāla = wilāya, dominions, governed lands (ruled 2026-10-26: initial alif, shadda, no second ي; the 1836 spells fuller إِيلَايَات with the second ي — divergence of record 3, an orthographic micro-variant, both plates confirmed)	“any Moor not a Subject of these Dominions” — “these Dominions”: the carried keeps the first-person reference in demonstrative dress	[W-]
وَخَلُّوهُمْ بِإِحْدَىٰ وَأَيْنَمَا قَادُوهُمْ فِي بِلَادِنَا	wa-khallūhum bi-iḥdā wa-aynamā qādūhum fī bilādinā	“and let them into one of them — and wherever they bring them in our lands” — بِإِحْدَىٰ absolute, its antecedent إِيَّلَاتِنَا (the line-5 […][O] resolved 2026-10-26; the flag corrected [W] of record 2026-10-27, the closure already narrated here); بِلَاد: lands, country	“and bring them into any of the Ports of His Majesty” — the carried’s “any” answers بِإِحْدَىٰ, “one of [the dominions]”, a correspondent now identified of record; “Ports” narrows the Arabic’s “lands”; the Leiden literal’s “our ports” tracks the carried tradition against the plate (audit finding of record)	[W]
يَقِيهِمْ لِأَمَانِنَا وَعَلَىٰ مَعَنَا	yaqīhim li-amāninā wa-ʿalā maʿanā	“He protects them — for our protection, and upon [terms] with us” — the second-limb verb ruled 2026-10-26 (وَقَىٰ; no خ, no لّ on the plate); the عَلَىٰ-phrase stands elliptical on the 1786 face, صُلْح absent of record (the مَعَنَا bowl-count at maximum zoom); the 1836 continuous close reads تَحْتَ أَمَانِنَا وَفِي صُلْحٍ عَلَىٰ مَعْنَىٰ; صُلْحٍ occurs once as the circled line-8 gloss read after line-7 وَفِي (divergences of record 4 and 7; re-collated 2026-10-30)	“they shall be immediately released, as they will then be considered as under His Majesty’s Protection” — the carried flattens يَقِيهِمْ, “He protects them,” to a release-formula and adds the consideration-formula (“will then be considered as”); its omission of “peace” tracks the 1786 face itself — صُلْح absent of record — no audit divergence on that point against the 1786, though the 1836’s own Arabic carries وَفِي صُلْحٍ against its English	[W-]

Amān is the period’s **protection instrument**: the guest under the sovereign’s amān is inviolable — received and protected because protection has already attached, not because anyone has negotiated for him. The chapter runs entire in the granter’s first person: our Lord, our dominions, our lands, our protection — and the eulogy of sovereignty stands on the plate itself as the regnal laqab نَصْرَ اللَّهِ, “Victory of God” (ruled 2026-10-26). The architecture is a subject-switch: the Muslims capture and deliver; **the Sovereign receives and protects** — يَلْقَيْهِمْ, “He receives them,” in the first limb, يَقِيهِمْ, “He protects them,” in the second — and the closing عَلَىٰ-phrase stands elliptical on the 1786 face, its noun (صُلْح) supplied by the 1836 witness and the Leiden, never imported into the standard. **SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: the volumes of record (Companion-I, the gateway framework) · the transcription and re-collation of record, 2026-10-30.**

“If any Moor shall bring Citizens of the United States or their Effects to His Majesty, the Citizens shall immediately be set at Liberty and the Effects restored, and in like Manner, if any Moor not a Subject of these Dominions shall make Prize of any of the Citizens of America or their Effects and bring them into any of the Ports of His Majesty, they shall be immediately released, as they will then be considered as under His Majesty's Protection.” — The 1786 carried English (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate), exhibited for audit against the Arabic standard above. It is the object of the audit, not the standard; every divergence of record stands marked in the table.

“If any Moor shall bring citizens of the United States, or their effects, to his Majesty, the citizens shall immediately be set at liberty, and the effects restored; and, in like manner, if any Moor, not a subject of these dominions, shall make prize of any of the citizens of America or their effects, and bring them into any of the ports of his Majesty, they shall be immediately released, as they will then be considered as under his Majesty's protection.” — The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 484–485 tradition; the operative text in force today), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014) and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. The operative text repeats the 1786 rendering nearly verbatim, its orthography modernized — and likewise flattens the protection verb (يَقِيهِمْ, “He protects them”) to a release-formula and drops the eulogy entire, even against its own Arabic, which carries نَصْرَ اللَّهِ: the operative English is unfaithful to its own instrument’s face. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 7 of 25

Provisions and supplies in port

الشَّرْطُ السَّابِعُ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ وَرَدَتْ سَفِينَةٌ لِإِحْدَىٰ مَرَاسِي الْجَانِبَيْنِ أَوِ احْتَاجَتْ إِلَىٰ شَيْءٍ تَقْبِضُ مِنْ غَيْرِ مَشَقَّةٍ وَلَا حَرَجٍ

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, Englished Stipulation the Seventh — That whenever a vessel comes to one of the anchorages of the two sides, or needs something, it receives [it] without difficulty or constraint. Desk rendering, 2026-10-28 — subordinate in all things to the Arabic above; the whole 1786 face is facsimile-verified, no transcription seat open. The object of تَقْبِضُ is ellipted in Arabic and is supplied only by the square-bracketed “it” for English syntax. The 1836’s explicit foodstuffs phrase is not imported into the 1786 standard.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — print 193, five lines; transcribed from the facsimile of record and plate-verified entire 2026-10-28 — every seat ruled on the plate, the reading locked; no transcription brackets remain. The 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 41 — fresh collation of record 2026-10-28, re-collated 2026-10-30, five lines, every seat ruled on the plate) carries: الشَّرْطُ السَّابِعُ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ وَرَدَتْ سَفِينَةٌ لِإِحْدَىٰ مَرَاسِي الْجَانِبَيْنِ أَوِ احْتَاجَتْ إِلَىٰ شَيْءٍ مِنَ الْمَأْكُولَاتِ أَوْ غَيْرِهَا فَإِنَّهَا تَقْبِضُ مِنْ غَيْرِ مَشَقَّةٍ وَلَا حَرَجٍ. Divergence of record: after شَيْءٍ, “something,” the 1836 inserts مِنَ الْمَأْكُولَاتِ أَوْ غَيْرِهَا فَإِنَّهَا, “of foodstuffs or other things, then it …”; the 1786 passes directly from شَيْءٍ to تَقْبِضُ, so neither the foodstuffs phrase nor the resumptive فَإِنَّهَا belongs to the 1786 standard. The insertion explicitates the object; it is a witness variant, not a license to rewrite the sealed face. Lineation also differs without substantive effect: the 1786 gives وَلَا حَرَجٍ its own fifth line, while the 1836 combines it with تَقْبِضُ مِنْ غَيْرِ مَشَقَّةٍ on its fifth line.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 7 (Miller, vol. 2, print 193; DOR-AF PDF 10).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 7 (Miller, vol. 4, print 41; DOR-AF PDF 60).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 10 (= print 193) · DOR-AF PDF 60 (= print 41).

The audit at a glance — the Arabic of record, its rendering, and the carried English beside it
Arabic of record	Transliteration	Rendering of the Arabic	The carried English under audit	Flag
الشَّرْطُ السَّابِعُ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ	ash-sharṭu s-sābiʿu annahu matā	“Stipulation the Seventh — That whenever”	“If any Vessel of either Party” — the carried opens directly with the vessel condition; “Party” remains verbatim inside the quotation	[W]
وَرَدَتْ سَفِينَةٌ لِإِحْدَىٰ مَرَاسِي الْجَانِبَيْنِ	waradat safīnatun li-iḥdā marāsī l-jānibayni	“a vessel comes to one of the anchorages of the two sides” — مَرَاسِي is the plural of مَرْسَىٰ, anchorage; “the two sides” is the office rendering of الجَانِبَيْنِ	“any Vessel of either Party shall put into a Port of the other” — the carried drops “one of,” redistributes “the two sides” into “either … the other,” and narrows the anchorage word to “a Port”	[W-]
أَوِ احْتَاجَتْ إِلَىٰ شَيْءٍ	awi iḥtājat ilā shayʾin	“or needs something” — شَيْءٍ is unrestricted on the 1786 face	“and have occasion for Provisions or other Supplies” — “and” replaces “or”; the specific supplies wording answers the 1836 insertion, not a 1786 noun	[W-]
—	—	No corresponding words stand on the 1786 face; it passes directly from شَيْءٍ to تَقْبِضُ. The 1836 inserts مِنَ الْمَأْكُولَاتِ أَوْ غَيْرِهَا فَإِنَّهَا, “of foodstuffs or other things, then it …” — the divergence of record	“Provisions or other Supplies” — the carried’s specific object tracks the 1836 explicitation; it must not be cited as words on the 1786 Arabic face	[W-]
تَقْبِضُ	taqbiḍu	“it receives” — active, singular; the vessel is the subject, and the object is ellipted	“they shall be furnished” — passive and plural; the carried hides the vessel’s grammatical subject-role and does not mark the Arabic ellipsis	[W]
مِنْ غَيْرِ مَشَقَّةٍ وَلَا حَرَجٍ	min ghayri mashqqatin wa-lā ḥarajin	“without difficulty or constraint” — مَشَقَّة: difficulty, hardship; حَرَج: constraint, distress	“without any interruption or molestation” — the carried substitutes non-interference language for the Arabic’s difficulty-and-constraint language	[W-]

The 1786 architecture is spare: arrival or need → receipt without difficulty or constraint. No negotiation, consent request, or reciprocal condition stands on the sealed face. The 1836 second witness makes the needed object explicit — foodstuffs or other things — and adds فَإِنَّهَا; the carried English then recasts the active singular تَقْبِضُ (“it receives”) as the passive plural “they shall be furnished,” and renders مَشَقَّةٍ وَلَا حَرَجٍ as “interruption or molestation.” Those are three different textual moments, not three interchangeable wordings of one clause. SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: the volumes of record (Companion-I, the gateway framework) · the transcription and re-collation of record, 2026-10-30.

“If any Vessel of either Party shall put into a Port of the other and have occasion for Provisions or other Supplies, they shall be furnished without any interruption or molestation.”— The 1786 carried English (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate), exhibited for audit against the Arabic standard above. It is the object of the audit, not the standard; every divergence of record stands marked in the table.

“If any vessel of either party, shall put into a port of the other, and have occasion for provisions or other supplies, they shall be furnished without any interruption or molestation.”— The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 485 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic note of record: “Vessels in port to be supplied.”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014) and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. The operative text repeats the 1786 rendering nearly verbatim, its orthography modernized; its “provisions or other supplies” tracks the 1836 Arabic insertion مِنَ الْمَأْكُولَاتِ أَوْ غَيْرِهَا, not the sealed 1786 face, which passes directly from شَيْءٍ to تَقْبِضُ. The passive plural and non-interference close remain audit divergences. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 8 of 25

Disaster at sea — repair without duty

الشَّرْطُ الثَّامِنُ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ وَقَعَ بَعْضُ السُّفُنِ بِشَيْءٍ مِنَ الْعَوَائِقِ إِلَىٰ مَرْسًى وَضَعَتْ أَثْقَالَهَا تَأْخِيرُهَا بِهَا لِتَصْلِيحِهَا وَقْتَ مَا تَشَاءُ تَشْحَنُهَا وَضَعَتْ بِمِينَاءٍ مِنْ غَيْرِ شَيْءٍ خَرَاجٍ أَوْ غَيْرِهِ

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, Englished Stipulation the Eighth — That whenever any vessel meets with some impediments [and comes] to an anchorage, she puts down her cargo, her stay there [being] for repair; whenever she wishes, she loads it, having put into a port, without any duty or other [charge]. Desk rendering, 2026-10-28 — subordinate in all things to the Arabic above; the whole 1786 face is facsimile-verified, no transcription seat open. The Arabic’s written sequence is compressed: unloading → delay/stay for repair → whenever she wishes, loading → having put into port → no duty. Square brackets supply English syntax only. تَشْحَنُهَا is “she loads it”; “reload” is contextual, not a different Arabic verb.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — print 194, six lines; transcribed from the facsimile of record and plate-verified entire 2026-10-28 — every seat ruled on the plate, the reading locked; no transcription brackets remain. The 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 42 — fresh collation of record 2026-10-28, re-collated 2026-10-30, six lines, every seat ruled on the plate) carries: الشَّرْطُ الثَّامِنُ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ مَا وَقَعَ بَعْضُ السُّفُنِ بِشَيْءٍ مِنَ الْعَوَائِقِ إِلَىٰ مَرْسًى وَضَعَتْ أَثْقَالَهَا تَأْخِيرُهَا بِهَا لِتَصْلِيحِهَا وَقْتَ مَا تَشَاءُ تَشْحَنُهَا وَضَعَتْ بِمِينَاءٍ مِنْ غَيْرِ شَيْءٍ خَرَاجٍ أَوْ غَيْرِهِ. Divergence of record: the 1836 writes مَتَىٰ مَا where the sealed 1786 has مَتَىٰ; this adds no new stipulation and does not alter the sealed reading. Physical lineation also differs: the 1836 first line continues through مَا وَقَعَ, its fourth through تَشَاءُ, and its fifth through مِنْ غَيْرِ شَيْءٍ. No substantive clause insertion or omission appears. The later hand is a second witness, not a license to normalize the sealed 1786 face.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 8 (Miller, vol. 2, print 194; DOR-AF PDF 11).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 8 (Miller, vol. 4, print 42; DOR-AF PDF 61).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 11 (= print 194) · DOR-AF PDF 61 (= print 42).

The audit at a glance — the Arabic of record, its rendering, and the carried English beside it
Arabic of record	Transliteration	Rendering of the Arabic	The carried English under audit	Flag
الشَّرْطُ الثَّامِنُ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ	ash-sharṭu th-thāminu annahu matā	“Stipulation the Eighth — That whenever”	“If” — the carried opens directly with the condition and carries no article title	[W]
وَقَعَ بَعْضُ السُّفُنِ بِشَيْءٍ مِنَ الْعَوَائِقِ	waqaʿa baʿḍu s-sufuni bi-shayʾin mina l-ʿawāʾiqi	“any vessel meets with some impediments” — بَعْضُ السُّفُنِ is literally “some of the vessels,” with the following singular verb used distributively; no nationality is stated	“any Vessel of the United States shall meet with a Disaster at Sea” — the carried adds the United States limitation and “at Sea,” and narrows the general “impediments” to “a Disaster”	[W-]
إِلَىٰ مَرْسًى	ilā marsan	“[and comes] to an anchorage” — the bracketed motion verb is supplied for English syntax; مَرْسًى is an anchorage	“put into one of our Ports” — the carried supplies the motion expressly, narrows “anchorage” to “Ports,” and adds “one of our”	[W-]
وَضَعَتْ أَثْقَالَهَا تَأْخِيرُهَا بِهَا لِتَصْلِيحِهَا	waḍaʿat athqālahā taʾkhīruhā bihā li-taṣlīḥihā	“she puts down her cargo, her stay there [being] for repair” — the Arabic joins unloading, delay/stay, and repair without the carried English’s infinitive-of-liberty construction	“to repair, she shall be at Liberty to land … her cargo” — the carried moves repair forward and recasts the unloading clause as “at Liberty to land”	[W-]
وَقْتَ مَا تَشَاءُ تَشْحَنُهَا وَضَعَتْ بِمِينَاءٍ	waqta mā tashāʾu tashḥanuhā waḍaʿat bi-mīnāʾin	“whenever she wishes, she loads it, having put into a port” — تَشْحَنُهَا is simple “she loads it,” with the object in the pronoun; the written port circumstance remains in this seat	“she shall be at Liberty to … reload her cargo” — “reload” explicitates the context and “her cargo” explicitates the pronoun; the carried had already moved the port clause to the opening	[W-]
مِنْ غَيْرِ شَيْءٍ خَرَاجٍ أَوْ غَيْرِهِ	min ghayri shayʾin kharājin aw ghayrihi	“without any duty or other [charge]” — خَرَاج is duty/tribute; أَوْ غَيْرِهِ expressly adds “or other”; the bracketed noun and the English verb “paying” are supplied syntax	“without paying any Duty whatever” — the carried supplies “paying” and generalizes the duty exemption, but does not separately mark the Arabic’s “or other”	[W-]

The 1786 architecture is: impediments → anchorage → cargo put down → delay/stay for repair → loading whenever she wishes → port circumstance → no duty or other charge. No United States limitation, “at Sea,” “one of our,” or express “at Liberty” formula stands on the sealed face. The carried English supplies those elements and rearranges the sequence. It also makes “reload her cargo” explicit where the Arabic says تَشْحَنُهَا, “she loads it.” These are audit findings from the face, not emendations to either witness. SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: the volumes of record (Companion-I, the gateway framework) · the transcription and re-collation of record, 2026-10-30.

“If any Vessel of the United States shall meet with a Disaster at Sea and put into one of our Ports to repair, she shall be at Liberty to land and reload her cargo, without paying any Duty whatever.”— The 1786 carried English of record (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate), exhibited verbatim for audit beside the Arabic standard. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

“If any vessel of the United States, shall meet with a disaster at sea, and put into one of our ports to repair, she shall be at liberty to land and reload her cargo, without paying any duty whatever.”— The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 485 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic note of record: “No duty in case of vessels putting in to repair.”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014) and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. The 1836 English repeats the carried 1786 rendering nearly verbatim, with modernized orthography and punctuation; that repetition supplies no Arabic reading. Its United States limitation, “at sea,” “our ports,” express liberty construction, and “reload her cargo” remain audit divergences from the sealed face. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 9 of 25

Cast on shore — particularly under Our protection

الشَّرْطُ التَّاسِعُ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ وَقَعَتْ سَفِينَةٌ مِنْ سُفُنِ أَمْرِيكَا أَوْ مَحْمَلُهَا بِإِحْدَىٰ جِهَاتِ قُطْرِنَا أَوْ قَرِيبٍ مِنْهَا إِلَىٰ الْخَارِجِ وَحِينَ تَشَاءُ تُفَرِّغُ أَثْقَالَهَا أَوْ تَخْشَىٰ تَعْرِضَ أَمْتِعَتِهَا لِلتَّلَفِ فَإِنَّهَا تَبْقَىٰ مُخْتَصَّةٌ بِأَرْبَابِهَا لَا يَتَعَرَّضُ لَهَا أَحَدٌ مِنَّا وَلَا مِنْ أَعْوَانِنَا بِشَيْءٍ وَلَا يُكَلَّفُ بِشَيْءٍ مِنْ تَفْرِيغِ أَمْتِعَتِهَا أَوْ تَبْدِيلِ مَرْكَبِهَا بِغَيْرِهَا

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, Englished Stipulation the Ninth — That whenever a vessel of the ships of America, or her cargo, runs aground in one of the regions of our territory, or near it offshore, and when she wishes to unload her cargo, or fears exposing her goods to damage, she remains at the exclusive disposal of her owners. No one from Us or from Our agents shall interfere with her in anything, nor shall she be compelled to unload any of her goods or to exchange her vessel for another. Desk rendering, 2026-10-28 — subordinate in all things to the Arabic above; the whole 1786 face is facsimile-verified, no transcription seat open. The Arabic is one continuous stipulation, not the carried English’s two-sentence architecture. Its closing prohibition covers both compelled unloading and exchanging the vessel for another; no forced-port, stress-of-weather, tranquillity, commander, or departure clause is supplied to the Arabic.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — print 195, ten lines; transcribed from the facsimile of record and plate-verified entire 2026-10-28 — every seat ruled on the plate, the reading locked; no transcription brackets remain. The 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 43 — fresh collation of record 2026-10-28, re-collated 2026-10-30, ten lines, every seat ruled on the plate) carries the same substantive clause sequence: الشَّرْطُ التَّاسِعُ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ مَا وَقَعَتْ سَفِينَةٌ مِنْ سُفُنِ أَمْرِيكَا أَوْ مَحْمَلُهَا بِإِحْدَىٰ جِهَاتِ قُطْرِنَا أَوْ قَرِيبٍ مِنْهَا إِلَىٰ الْخَارِجِ وَحِينَ تَشَاءُ تُفَرِّغُ أَثْقَالَهَا أَوْ تَخْشَىٰ تَعْرِضَ أَمْتِعَتِهَا لِلتَّلَفِ فَإِنَّهَا تَبْقَىٰ مُخْتَصَّةٌ بِأَرْبَابِهَا وَلَا يَتَعَرَّضُ لَهَا أَحَدٌ مِنَّا وَلَا مِنْ أَعْوَانِنَا بِشَيْءٍ وَلَا يُكَلَّفُ بِشَيْءٍ مِنْ تَفْرِيغِ أَمْتِعَتِهَا أَوْ تَبْدِيلِ مَرْكَبِهَا بِغَيْرِهَا. Divergences of record: the 1836 writes مَتَىٰ مَا where the sealed 1786 has مَتَىٰ, and, on its seventh physical line after بِأَرْبَابِهَا, reads وَلَا يَتَعَرَّضُ, with the linking conjunction, where the sealed 1786 face has لَا يَتَعَرَّضُ. Physical lineation also differs independently: the sealed ninth line ends at تَفْرِيغِ and its tenth begins أَمْتِعَتِهَا; neither later variant is inserted into the sealed reading. No substantive clause insertion or omission otherwise appears. The later hand is a second witness, not a license to import the carried English’s additional clauses or to rewrite the sealed face.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 9 (Miller, vol. 2, print 195; DOR-AF PDF 12).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 9 (Miller, vol. 4, print 43; DOR-AF PDF 62).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 12 (= print 195) · DOR-AF PDF 62 (= print 43).

The audit at a glance — the Arabic of record, its rendering, and the carried English beside it
Arabic of record	Transliteration	Rendering of the Arabic	The carried English under audit	Flag
الشَّرْطُ التَّاسِعُ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ	ash-sharṭu t-tāsiʿu annahu matā	“Stipulation the Ninth — That whenever”	“If” — the carried opens directly with the condition and carries no article title	[W]
وَقَعَتْ سَفِينَةٌ مِنْ سُفُنِ أَمْرِيكَا أَوْ مَحْمَلُهَا	waqaʿat safīnatun min sufuni amrīkā aw maḥmaluhā	“a vessel of the ships of America, or her cargo, runs aground” — the alternative “or her cargo” is express on the Arabic face	“If any Vessel of the United States shall be cast on Shore” — the carried retains the vessel but drops the cargo alternative; “United States” is the contextual rendering of America	[W-]
بِإِحْدَىٰ جِهَاتِ قُطْرِنَا أَوْ قَرِيبٍ مِنْهَا إِلَىٰ الْخَارِجِ	bi-iḥdā jihāti quṭrinā aw qarībin minhā ilā l-khāriji	“in one of the regions of our territory, or near it offshore” — قُطْر is a territory or country-region; إِلَىٰ الْخَارِجِ places the nearby alternative outward/offshore	“on any Part of our Coasts” — the carried narrows the territorial-and-offshore wording to coasts alone	[W-]
وَحِينَ تَشَاءُ تُفَرِّغُ أَثْقَالَهَا أَوْ تَخْشَىٰ تَعْرِضَ أَمْتِعَتِهَا لِلتَّلَفِ	wa-ḥīna tashāʾu tufarrighu athqālahā aw takhshā taʿriḍa amtiʿatihā li-t-talafi	“and when she wishes to unload her cargo, or fears exposing her goods to damage” — the wish, unloading, fear, and damage are all express	No corresponding wished-unloading or feared-damage circumstance appears; the later “by Stress of weather or otherwise” is a different condition, not a translation of these Arabic words	[W-]
فَإِنَّهَا تَبْقَىٰ مُخْتَصَّةٌ بِأَرْبَابِهَا	fa-innahā tabqā mukhtaṣṣatun bi-arbābihā	“she remains at the exclusive disposal of her owners” — مُخْتَصَّةٌ marks the owner-exclusive reservation	“she shall remain at the disposition of the Owners” — the carried preserves the central owner-disposition rule	[W]
لَا يَتَعَرَّضُ لَهَا أَحَدٌ مِنَّا وَلَا مِنْ أَعْوَانِنَا بِشَيْءٍ	lā yataʿarraḍu lahā aḥadun minnā wa-lā min aʿwāninā bi-shayʾin	“No one from Us or from Our agents shall interfere with her in anything” — the prohibition names Our side and Our agents, without an approbation exception	“no one shall attempt going near her without their Approbation, as she is then considered particularly under our Protection” — the carried adds the owner-approbation condition and the separate protection formula	[W-]
—	—	No corresponding forced-port or weather clause stands on either Arabic face	“and if any Vessel of the United States shall be forced to put into our Ports, by Stress of weather or otherwise” — English-only framing material, not words supplied to the Arabic	[W-]
وَلَا يُكَلَّفُ بِشَيْءٍ مِنْ تَفْرِيغِ أَمْتِعَتِهَا أَوْ تَبْدِيلِ مَرْكَبِهَا بِغَيْرِهَا	wa-lā yukallafu bi-shayʾin min tafrīghi amtiʿatihā aw tabdīli markabihā bi-ghayrihā	“nor shall she be compelled to unload any of her goods or to exchange her vessel for another” — تَبْدِيلِ مَرْكَبِهَا بِغَيْرِهَا expressly adds the vessel-substitution alternative	“she shall not be compelled to land her Cargo” — the carried retains the unloading prohibition but omits the express ban on exchanging her vessel for another	[W-]
—	—	No corresponding tranquillity, commander, or departure clause stands on either Arabic face; the Arabic ends at بِغَيْرِهَا, “for another”	“but shall remain in tranquillity untill the Commander shall think proper to proceed on his Voyage” — retained verbatim in the English exhibit, with no counterpart imported into the Arabic rendering	[W-]

The 1786 architecture is: vessel or cargo aground in the territory or offshore → wished unloading or feared damage → owner-exclusive control → no interference from Us or Our agents → no compelled unloading or vessel substitution. The carried English preserves owner disposition and the unloading prohibition, but drops the cargo alternative, the wish/fear circumstances, and the express vessel-substitution ban. It adds an owner-approbation condition and protection formula, then a forced-port/weather frame and tranquillity/commander/departure sequel for which neither Arabic face has corresponding clauses. The 1836 second witness has the same substantive sequence; its مَتَىٰ مَا and added conjunction before يَتَعَرَّضُ are recorded witness variants, not changes to the sealed reading. SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: the volumes of record (Companion-I, the gateway framework) · the transcription and re-collation of record, 2026-10-30.

“If any Vessel of the United States shall be cast on Shore on any Part of our Coasts, she shall remain at the disposition of the Owners and no one shall attempt going near her without their Approbation, as she is then considered particularly under our Protection; and if any Vessel of the United States shall be forced to put into our Ports, by Stress of weather or otherwise, she shall not be compelled to land her Cargo, but shall remain in tranquillity untill the Commander shall think proper to proceed on his Voyage.”— The 1786 carried English of record (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate).

“If any vessel of the United States, shall be cast on shore on any part of our coasts, she shall remain at the disposition of the owners, and no one shall attempt going near her without their approbation, as she is then considered particularly under our protection; and if any vessel of the United States shall be forced to put into our ports by stress of weather, or otherwise, she shall not be compelled to land her cargo, but shall remain in tranquillity until the commander shall think proper to proceed on his voyage.”— The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 485 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic note of record: “Stranded vessels to be protected.”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014) and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. The 1836 English repeats the carried 1786 rendering nearly verbatim, with modernized orthography and punctuation, including “until” for 1786 “untill” and no comma after “our ports”; that repetition supplies no Arabic reading. Its owner-approbation condition, protection formula, forced-port/weather frame, and tranquillity/commander/departure sequel remain audit divergences from the sealed face, while it omits the Arabic cargo alternative, wish/fear circumstances, and vessel-substitution ban. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 10 of 25

Fighting near the villages — grounding and accident

الشَّرْطُ الْعَاشِرُ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ وَقَعَ قِتَالٌ مِنْ أَحَدِ الْجَانِبَيْنِ أَوْ قَبِيلٍ مِنْهُمَا النَّصَارَى وَكَانَ الْقِتَالُ قَرِيبًا مِنْ بَعْضِ قُرَىٰ لِقَبَائِلِهِمْ مَعَ بَعْضِنَا بَعْضًا عَلَىٰ ذَلِكَ الْجَيْشِ حَتَّىٰ يُغْلَبَ أَوْ يُقْهَرَ أَوْ تَكُونُ سَفِينَةٌ وَقَدْ جَنَحَتْ أَوْ قَوْمٍ مِنَ النَّصَارَى الَّذِينَ يَقَعُ بِهِمْ حَادِثٌ حَتَّىٰ بِلَادَهُمْ إِنْ شَاءَ الله

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, Englished Stipulation the Tenth — That whenever one of the two sides, or a tribe of them, fights the Christians, and the fighting is near some villages of their tribes—with one another against that army until it is defeated or overcome—or there is a vessel that has run aground, or people from among the Christians to whom an accident befalls—until their country, God willing. Desk rendering, 2026-10-28 — subordinate in all things to the Arabic above; the whole 1786 face is facsimile-verified, no transcription seat open. The em dashes preserve the sealed face’s elliptical syntax. No explicit help, protection, assistance, reaching, or sending verb has been supplied from the 1836 second witness or from the carried English.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — print 196, eight lines; transcribed from the facsimile of record, plate-verified entire 2026-10-28, and independently re-collated 2026-10-30 — every seat ruled on the plate, the reading locked; no transcription brackets remain. The 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 44 — independent re-collation of record 2026-10-30, eight lines, every seat ruled on the plate) carries a related but materially explicit recension: الشَّرْطُ الْعَاشِرُ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ وَقَعَ قِتَالٌ بَيْنَ إِحْدَى الْجَانِبَيْنِ يَقَعُ مَعَ بَعْضِ النَّصَارَى وَكَانَ الْقِتَالُ قَرِيبًا مِنْ بَلَدٍ مِنَ الْجَانِبَيْنِ فَإِنَّنَا نُعِينُ بَعْضَنَا عَلَىٰ ذَلِكَ الْجَيْشِ حَتَّىٰ يُغْلَبَ أَوْ يَذْهَبَ أَوْ يَنْهَزِمَ سَفِينَةٌ وَقَدْ جَنَحَتْ وَادْنُونَ أَوْ قَوْمٌ أَوْ قَبِيلَةٌ النَّصَارَى الَّذِينَ يَقَعُ بِهِمْ حَادِثٌ حَتَّىٰ يَصِلُونَ بِلَادَهُمْ إِنْ شَاءَ الله. Divergences of record: 1836 reads “a town of the two sides” where 1786 has “some villages of their tribes”; makes فَإِنَّنَا نُعِينُ بَعْضَنَا, “then We help one another,” explicit; adds “or goes away or is routed” after “until it is defeated”; expressly names وَادْنُونَ, Wadnoon; adds “or a tribe” in the shipwreck/accident sequence; and writes يَصِلُونَ بِلَادَهُمْ, “they reach their country,” where the sealed face has only “until their country.” Wadnoon, the added tribe alternative, and يَصِلُونَ are not imported into the 1786 standard.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 10 (Miller, vol. 2, print 196; DOR-AF PDF 13).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 10 (Miller, vol. 4, print 44; DOR-AF PDF 63).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 13 (= print 196) · DOR-AF PDF 63 (= print 44).

The audit at a glance — the Arabic of record, its rendering, and the carried English beside it
Arabic of record	Transliteration	Rendering of the Arabic	The carried English under audit	Flag
الشَّرْطُ الْعَاشِرُ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ	ash-sharṭu l-ʿāshiru annahu matā	“Stipulation the Tenth — That whenever”	“If” — the carried opens directly with the condition and carries no article title	[W]
وَقَعَ قِتَالٌ مِنْ أَحَدِ الْجَانِبَيْنِ أَوْ قَبِيلٍ مِنْهُمَا النَّصَارَى	waqaʿa qitālun min aḥadi l-jānibayni aw qabīlin minhumā n-naṣārā	“one of the two sides, or a tribe of them, fights the Christians” — a general fighting trigger, with the tribe alternative express	“If any Vessel of either of the Parties shall have an engagement with a Vessel belonging to any of the Christian Powers” — the carried narrows the encounter to two vessels and omits the tribe alternative	[W-]
وَكَانَ الْقِتَالُ قَرِيبًا مِنْ بَعْضِ قُرَىٰ لِقَبَائِلِهِمْ	wa-kāna l-qitālu qarīban min baʿḍi qurā li-qabāʾilihim	“and the fighting is near some villages of their tribes” — قُرَىٰ is villages; لِقَبَائِلِهِمْ associates them with their tribes	“within gunshot of the Forts of the other” — neither gunshot nor forts stands on the sealed Arabic face; the later hand instead has “a town of the two sides”	[W-]
مَعَ بَعْضِنَا بَعْضًا عَلَىٰ ذَلِكَ الْجَيْشِ	maʿa baʿḍinā baʿḍan ʿalā dhālika l-jayshi	“with one another against that army” — the sealed construction is elliptical, but reciprocal action and the opposing army are express	“the Vessel so engaged shall be defended and protected as much as possible” — the carried makes a vessel the object of defense and adds “as much as possible”; 1836, not 1786, makes “We help one another” explicit	[W-]
حَتَّىٰ يُغْلَبَ أَوْ يُقْهَرَ	ḥattā yughlaba aw yuqhara	“until it is defeated or overcome” — the pronoun refers to that army, not to a vessel reaching safety	“untill she is in safety” — the carried substitutes the vessel’s safety for defeat or being overcome; 1836 separately adds “or goes away or is routed”	[W-]
أَوْ تَكُونُ سَفِينَةٌ وَقَدْ جَنَحَتْ أَوْ قَوْمٍ مِنَ النَّصَارَى الَّذِينَ يَقَعُ بِهِمْ حَادِثٌ	aw takūna safīnatun wa-qad janaḥat aw qawmin mina n-naṣārā lladhīna yaqaʿu bihim ḥādithun	“or there is a vessel that has run aground, or people from among the Christians to whom an accident befalls” — no American restriction or Wadnoon place-name is stated on the sealed face	“And if any American Vessel shall be cast on shore on the Coast of Wadnoon or any coast thereabout, the People belonging to her” — the carried adds the nationality and place frame and limits the people to those belonging to the vessel; Wadnoon is explicit only in the 1836 witness	[W-]
—	—	No separate express “protected and assisted” formula stands in the sealed second limb; its syntax remains elliptical and is not completed from English	“shall be protected, and assisted” — retained in the English exhibit as wording under audit, not supplied to the Arabic rendering	[W-]
حَتَّىٰ بِلَادَهُمْ إِنْ شَاءَ الله	ḥattā bilādahum in shāʾa llāh	“until their country, God willing” — the sealed face has no “they reach” or “they shall be sent” verb	“untill by the help of God, they shall be sent to their Country” — the carried adds a sending formulation; 1836 expressly says “they reach their country,” while both Arabic faces say “if God wills”	[W-]

The 1786 architecture is: fighting by one side or a tribe against the Christians → near villages of their tribes → with one another against that army → until defeat or being overcome → or a vessel aground or Christian people suffering an accident → until their country, God willing. The carried English narrows the first limb to a vessel engagement, replaces villages with forts and gunshot, and changes defeat or being overcome to a vessel’s safety. It then restricts the second limb to an American vessel at Wadnoon or nearby and supplies express protection, assistance, and sending verbs. The 1836 second witness makes mutual help explicit, names Wadnoon, adds a tribe alternative and two further engagement endpoints, and says “they reach their country”; those later readings remain witness variants, not silent additions to the sealed Arabic. SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: the volumes of record (Companion-I, the gateway framework) · the transcription and re-collation of record, 2026-10-30.

“If any Vessel of either of the Parties shall have an engagement with a Vessel belonging to any of the Christian Powers within gunshot of the Forts of the other, the Vessel so engaged shall be defended and protected as much as possible untill she is in safety; And if any American Vessel shall be cast on shore on the Coast of Wadnoon or any coast thereabout, the People belonging to her shall be protected, and assisted untill by the help of God, they shall be sent to their Country.”— The 1786 carried English of record (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate).

“If any vessel of either of the parties shall have an engagement with a vessel belonging to any of the Christian Powers, within gun-shot of the forts of the other, the vessel so engaged, shall be defended and protected as much as possible, until she is in safety: and if any American vessel shall be cast on shore, on the coast of Wadnoon, or any coast thereabout, the people belonging to her, shall be protected and assisted, until by the help of God, they shall be sent to their country.”— The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 485 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic note of record: “Vessels engaged within gunshot of forts to be protected.”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014) and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. The 1836 English repeats the carried 1786 rendering nearly verbatim, with modernized orthography and punctuation, including “until” for 1786 “untill” and no comma after “protected”; that repetition supplies no Arabic reading. Its vessel-engagement restriction, forts/gun-shot frame, vessel-safety endpoint, American/Wadnoon restriction, and express protection, assistance, and sending formulations remain audit divergences from the sealed face. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 11 of 25

Twenty-four hours before pursuit — ships of Muslims or Christians

الشَّرْطُ الْحَادِي عَشَرَ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ كَانَ الْقِتَالُ بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَ أَحَدٍ مِنَ النَّصَارَى وَنَحْنُ بِالْبَنْدَرِ وَأَرَدْنَا سَفِينَتَنَا الْخُرُوجَ مِنَ الْبَنْدَرِ وَأَرَادَتْ سَفِينَةُ الْعَدُوِّ تَتْبَعَنَا فَلَا تَخْرُجْ تَتْبَعُنَا حَتَّىٰ تَمْضِيَ أَرْبَعَةٌ وَعِشْرُونَ سَاعَةً وَكَذَلِكَ سُفُنُ الْأَمَرِيكَانِ إِذَا كَانَتْ بِالْحَرْبِ مَعَ النَّصَارَى أَرَادُوا الْخُرُوجَ مِنْ بَنْدَرِنَا فَلَا تَتْبَعْهُمْ سُفُنُ الْعَدُوِّ حَتَّىٰ تَمْضِيَ أَرْبَعٌ وَعِشْرُونَ سَاعَةً سُفُنُ الْمُسْلِمِينَ أَوْ سُفُنُ النَّصَارَى

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, Englished Stipulation the Eleventh — That whenever there is fighting between Us and one of the Christians, and We are in the port, and We intend Our ship to leave the port, and an enemy ship intends to follow Us, it shall not go out following Us until twenty-four hours have passed; and likewise the ships of the Americans, if they are at war with the Christians and intend to leave Our port, the enemy ships shall not follow them until twenty-four hours have passed—ships of the Muslims or ships of the Christians. Desk rendering, 2026-10-28 — subordinate in all things to the Arabic above; the whole 1786 face is facsimile-verified, no transcription seat open. The final em dash preserves the sealed face’s direct closing noun phrase. “Whether they be” is not supplied from the 1836 second witness.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — print 197, eleven lines; transcribed from the facsimile of record, plate-verified entire 2026-10-28, and independently re-collated 2026-10-30 — every seat ruled on the plate, the reading locked; no transcription brackets remain. The 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 45 — independent re-collation of record 2026-10-30, ten lines, every seat ruled on the plate) carries a related recension: الشَّرْطُ الْحَادِي عَشَرَ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ كَانَ الْقِتَالُ بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَ أَحَدٍ مِنَ النَّصَارَى وَنَحْنُ بِالْبَنْدَرِ وَأَرَدْنَا سَفِينَتَنَا الْخُرُوجَ مِنَ الْبَنْدَرِ وَأَرَادَتْ سَفِينَةُ الْعَدُوِّ تَتْبَعَنَا فَلَا تَخْرُجْ تَتْبَعُنَا حَتَّىٰ تَمْضِيَ أَرْبَعَةٌ وَعِشْرُونَ سَاعَةً وَكَذَلِكَ سُفُنُ الْأَمَرِيكَانِ إِذَا كَانَتْ بِالْحَرْبِ مَعَ النَّصَارَى وَأَرَادُوا مِنَ الْخُرُوجَ فَلَا تَتْبَعْهُمْ سُفُنُ الْعَدُوِّ حَتَّىٰ تَمْضِيَ أَرْبَعٌ وَعِشْرُونَ سَاعَةً سَوَاءٌ كَانَتْ سُفُنُ الْمُسْلِمِينَ أَوْ سُفُنُ النَّصَارَى. Divergences of record in the reciprocal close: 1836 adds the conjunction in وَأَرَادُوا; reads مِنَ الْخُرُوجَ without the sealed face’s بَنْدَرِنَا, “Our port”; and explicitly supplies سَوَاءٌ كَانَتْ, “whether they be,” before the final ship categories. The sealed wording remains unchanged, and the later explicitation is not imported into the 1786 standard.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 11 (Miller, vol. 2, print 197; DOR-AF PDF 14).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 11 (Miller, vol. 4, print 45; DOR-AF PDF 64).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 14 (= print 197) · DOR-AF PDF 64 (= print 45).

The audit at a glance — the Arabic of record, its rendering, and the carried English beside it
Arabic of record	Transliteration	Rendering of the Arabic	The carried English under audit	Flag
الشَّرْطُ الْحَادِي عَشَرَ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ	ash-sharṭu l-ḥādī ʿashara annahu matā	“Stipulation the Eleventh — That whenever”	“If we shall be” — the carried opens directly with the condition and carries no article title	[W]
كَانَ الْقِتَالُ بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَ أَحَدٍ مِنَ النَّصَارَى وَنَحْنُ بِالْبَنْدَرِ	kāna l-qitālu baynanā wa-bayna aḥadin mina n-naṣārā wa-naḥnu bi-l-bandari	“there is fighting between Us and one of the Christians, and We are in the port” — the encounter and the port setting are express	“at War with any Christian Power” — the carried changes “one of the Christians” into a state-power formulation and does not separately carry “We are in the port”	[W-]
وَأَرَدْنَا سَفِينَتَنَا الْخُرُوجَ مِنَ الْبَنْدَرِ	wa-aradnā safīnatanā l-khurūja mina l-bandari	“and We intend Our ship to leave the port” — intention, Our ship, and departure from the port are all express	“any of our Vessels sail from the Ports of the United States” — the carried states actual sailing and relocates the departure to United States ports, not the Arabic’s “the port”	[W-]
وَأَرَادَتْ سَفِينَةُ الْعَدُوِّ تَتْبَعَنَا فَلَا تَخْرُجْ تَتْبَعُنَا	wa-arādat safīnatu l-ʿaduwwi tatbaʿanā fa-lā takhruj tatbaʿunā	“and an enemy ship intends to follow Us, it shall not go out following Us” — the enemy’s intention and the prohibition on going out in pursuit are express	“no Vessel belonging to the enemy shall follow” — the carried preserves non-pursuit but compresses the separate intention and going-out wording	[W-]
حَتَّىٰ تَمْضِيَ أَرْبَعَةٌ وَعِشْرُونَ سَاعَةً	ḥattā tamḍiya arbaʿatun wa-ʿishrūna sāʿatan	“until twenty-four hours have passed” — the interval is express	“untill twenty four hours after the Departure of our Vessels” — the central interval agrees; the carried separately makes the departure measuring point explicit	[W-]
وَكَذَلِكَ سُفُنُ الْأَمَرِيكَانِ إِذَا كَانَتْ بِالْحَرْبِ مَعَ النَّصَارَى أَرَادُوا الْخُرُوجَ مِنْ بَنْدَرِنَا	wa-kadhālika sufunu l-amrīkāni idhā kānat bi-l-ḥarbi maʿa n-naṣārā arādū l-khurūja min bandarinā	“and likewise the ships of the Americans, if they are at war with the Christians and intend to leave Our port” — the reciprocal subjects, war condition, intended departure, and Our port are express	“and the same Regulation shall be observed towards the American Vessels sailing from our Ports” — the carried preserves the reciprocal American-vessel rule and our-port setting	[W-]
فَلَا تَتْبَعْهُمْ سُفُنُ الْعَدُوِّ حَتَّىٰ تَمْضِيَ أَرْبَعٌ وَعِشْرُونَ سَاعَةً	fa-lā tatbaʿhum sufunu l-ʿaduwwi ḥattā tamḍiya arbaʿun wa-ʿishrūna sāʿatan	“the enemy ships shall not follow them until twenty-four hours have passed” — the reciprocal prohibition and full interval are restated; أَرْبَعٌ is preserved as written	“the same Regulation” — the carried compresses the reciprocal enemy-ship prohibition and interval into this cross-reference	[W]
سُفُنُ الْمُسْلِمِينَ أَوْ سُفُنُ النَّصَارَى	sufunu l-muslimīna aw sufunu n-naṣārā	“ships of the Muslims or ships of the Christians” — the sealed face closes directly with these ship categories; “whether they be” belongs to 1836, not 1786	“be their enemies Moors or Christians” — the carried changes the grammatical subject from ships to enemies and substitutes “Moors” for the Arabic’s Muslims	[W-]

The 1786 architecture is: fighting with one of the Christians → We are in the port → Our ship intends to leave → an enemy ship intends to pursue → no going out in pursuit for twenty-four hours → the reciprocal American-ship rule from Our port → ships of Muslims or ships of Christians. The carried English preserves the central non-pursuit interval and its reciprocity, but relocates the first departure to “Ports of the United States,” generalizes “one of the Christians” to “any Christian Power,” and turns the final ship categories into “their enemies Moors or Christians.” The 1836 second witness adds the conjunction in وَأَرَادُوا, reads مِنَ الْخُرُوجَ without بَنْدَرِنَا, and explicitly supplies سَوَاءٌ كَانَتْ, “whether they be”; those variants are not imported into the sealed Arabic. SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: the volumes of record (Companion-I, the gateway framework) · the transcription and re-collation of record, 2026-10-30.

“If we shall be at War with any Christian Power and any of our Vessels sail from the Ports of the United States, no Vessel belonging to the enemy shall follow untill twenty four hours after the Departure of our Vessels; and the same Regulation shall be observed towards the American Vessels sailing from our Ports.-be their enemies Moors or Christians.”— The 1786 carried English of record (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate).

“If we shall be at war with any Christian Power, and any of our vessels sails from the ports of the United States, no vessel belonging to the enemy shall follow, until twenty-four hours after the departure of our vessels: and the same regulations shall be observed towards the American vessels sailing from our ports, be their enemies Moors or Christians.”— The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 485 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic note of record: “Enemy's vessels not allowed to follow for 24 hours.”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014) and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. The 1836 English repeats the carried 1786 rendering nearly verbatim, with modernized orthography and punctuation, including “until twenty-four hours” for 1786 “untill twenty four hours,” “vessels sails” for “Vessels sail,” “regulations” for “Regulation,” and a comma before “be their enemies” in place of the carried “.-”; that repetition supplies no Arabic reading. Its relocation of the first departure to United States ports, compression of the reciprocal rule, and “their enemies Moors or Christians” remain audit divergences from the sealed face. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 12 of 25

Warship left to herself — fugitive prisoner, no compelled removal or price

الشَّيْ مِنَ الْبَاخِرَةِ الَّتِي أَقْبَلَتْ إِلَىٰ بَنْدَرٍ مِنْ بَنَادِرِنَا وَمَا تُفَتَّشُ لِشَيْءٍ آخَرَ إِلَّا أَنْ تَكُونَ مَتْرُوكَةً فِيهَا أَسِيرٌ هَارِبٌ مَا تَقْلَعُوهُ مِنْهَا بِالْقُوَّةِ كَمَا بِأَمْرِ حَاكِمِ الْبَلَدِ اللِّي فِيهَا الْبَاخِرَةُ بِخُرُوجٍ مِنْهُ كَمَا مَا يَأْخُذُ مِنْهُ ثَمَنَ ذَٰلِكَ الْأَسِيرِ وَلَا الْبَلَدِ الَّذِي بِهِ الْبَاخِرَةُ الْحَاكِمُ التَّثْمِينُ يُسَفِّنُهُ إِلَى الْأَسِيرِ

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, Englished As for a warship that comes to one of Our ports, she is not examined for anything else, but is left to herself. If there is a fugitive prisoner on board her, they shall not remove him from her by force, nor by order of the governor of the country in which the ship is, by taking him out of her; nor shall he take from him the price of that prisoner. Nor the governor of the country where the ship is—the pricing of the prisoner [the closing verb’s precise force is not resolved]. Desk rendering, 2026-10-28 — subordinate in all things to the Arabic above; the whole 1786 face is facsimile-verified. The conditional “If” supplies a connective for the sealed face’s ellipsis; 1836 expressly writes وَمَا يَكُونُ. The final bracket is deliberate: the closing verb’s orthography is plate-read, but its lexical force is not supplied from English.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — print 198, seven lines; transcribed from the facsimile of record, plate-verified entire 2026-10-28, and independently re-collated 2026-10-31 — every seat ruled on the plate, the reading locked; no transcription seat open. The closing verb يُسَفِّنُهُ is [W-]: orthography verified, precise lexical force unresolved. The 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 46 — independent re-collation of record 2026-10-31, seven lines, every seat ruled on the plate) carries a related recension: الشَّيْ مِنَ الْبَاخِرَةِ الَّتِي أَقْبَلَتْ إِلَىٰ بَنْدَرٍ مِنْ بَنَادِرِنَا تُفَتَّشُ لِشَيْءٍ آخَرَ إِلَّا أَنْ تَكُونَ مَتْرُوكَةً وَمَا يَكُونُ فِيهَا أَسِيرٌ هَارِبٌ مَا تَقْلَعُوهُ مِنْهَا بِالْقُوَّةِ كَأَنَّ بِأَمْرِ حَاكِمِ الْبَلَدِ الَّذِي فِيهِ الْبَاخِرَةُ بِخُرُوجٍ وَلَا الْبَلَدِ الَّذِي بِهِ الْبَاخِرَةُ الْحَاكِمُ لِتَثْمِينٍ مَعَ وَكَأَنَّهُ تَثْمِينَةُ الْأَسِيرِ. Divergences of record: 1836 does not repeat the sealed face’s وَمَا before تُفَتَّشُ; expressly adds وَمَا يَكُونُ, “and if there be,” before the fugitive-prisoner clause; has الَّذِي فِيهِ where 1786 has اللِّي فِيهَا; opens the governor wording with كَأَنَّ where 1786 has كَمَا; does not reproduce the sealed face’s whole clause مِنْهُ كَمَا مَا يَأْخُذُ مِنْهُ ثَمَنَ ذَٰلِكَ الْأَسِيرِ; and closes with the compressed pricing formulation لِتَثْمِينٍ مَعَ وَكَأَنَّهُ تَثْمِينَةُ الْأَسِيرِ. The sealed wording remains unchanged, and no 1836 explicitation is imported into the 1786 standard.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 12 (Miller, vol. 2, print 198; DOR-AF PDF 15).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 12 (Miller, vol. 4, print 46; DOR-AF PDF 65).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 15 (= print 198) · DOR-AF PDF 65 (= print 46).

The audit at a glance — the Arabic of record, its rendering, and the carried English beside it
Arabic of record	Transliteration	Rendering of the Arabic	The carried English under audit	Flag
الشَّيْ مِنَ الْبَاخِرَةِ الَّتِي أَقْبَلَتْ إِلَىٰ بَنْدَرٍ مِنْ بَنَادِرِنَا	ash-shay mina l-bākhirati llatī aqbalat ilā bandarin min banādirinā	“As for the warship that comes to one of Our ports” — the vessel, arrival, and one of Our ports are express	“If any Ship of War belonging to the United States shall put into any of our Ports” — the carried preserves the setting and separately adds the United States belonging	[W-]
وَمَا تُفَتَّشُ لِشَيْءٍ آخَرَ إِلَّا أَنْ تَكُونَ مَتْرُوكَةً	wa-mā tufattashu li-shayʾin ākhara illā an takūna matrūkatan	“she is not examined for anything else, but is left to herself” — non-examination and being left to herself are express; آخَرَ is “other,” not “more”	“she shall not be examined on any Pretence whatever” — the central immunity agrees; the carried does not separately carry “left to herself”	[W-]
فِيهَا أَسِيرٌ هَارِبٌ	fīhā asīrun hāribun	“there is a fugitive prisoner on board her” — singular prisoner/captive; the sealed face’s conditional connective is elliptical	“even though she should have fugitive Slaves on Board” — the carried changes prisoner/captive to “Slaves” and singular to plural	[W-]
مَا تَقْلَعُوهُ مِنْهَا بِالْقُوَّةِ	mā taqlaʿūhu minhā bi-l-qūwwati	“they shall not remove him from her by force” — the prohibition concerns the singular prisoner’s removal from the ship	“compel them to be brought on Shore” — the carried preserves compelled removal but pluralizes the person and names the shore expressly	[W-]
كَمَا بِأَمْرِ حَاكِمِ الْبَلَدِ اللِّي فِيهَا الْبَاخِرَةُ بِخُرُوجٍ مِنْهُ	kamā bi-amri ḥākimi l-baladi llī fīhā l-bākhiratu bi-khurūjin minhu	“nor by order of the governor of the country in which the ship is, by taking him out of her” — governor, order, and removal are express	“nor shall the Governor or Commander of the Place … on any pretext” — the carried adds a commander alternative and a pretext formula not separately expressed here	[W-]
كَمَا مَا يَأْخُذُ مِنْهُ ثَمَنَ ذَٰلِكَ الْأَسِيرِ	kamā mā yaʾkhudhu minhu thamana dhālika l-asīri	“nor shall he take from him the price of that prisoner” — the price and the singular prisoner are express; the pronoun is not expanded from English	“nor require any payment for them” — non-payment agrees in sense; the carried generalizes “price” to “payment” and pluralizes the prisoner	[W-]
وَلَا الْبَلَدِ الَّذِي بِهِ الْبَاخِرَةُ الْحَاكِمُ التَّثْمِينُ	wa-lā l-baladi lladhī bihi l-bākhiratu l-ḥākimu t-tathmīnu	“Nor the governor of the country where the ship is—the pricing” — the sealed syntax is compressed and is not silently regularized	“nor require any payment” — the carried supplies a smooth prohibition where the Arabic has a compressed governor-and-pricing construction	[W-]
يُسَفِّنُهُ إِلَى الْأَسِيرِ	yusaffinuhū ilā l-asīri	The closing verb’s orthography is plate-read, but its precise lexical force is unresolved; إِلَى الْأَسِيرِ, “to/for the prisoner,” is clear	“for them” — the English is not used to settle the uncertain verb or to change the Arabic’s singular prisoner	[W-]

The 1786 architecture is: warship enters one of Our ports → no examination for anything else → left to herself → a singular fugitive prisoner → no forcible removal → no governor-ordered removal → no taking the price of that prisoner → a compressed closing pricing construction. The carried English preserves non-examination, non-removal, and non-payment, but changes “fugitive prisoner” to “fugitive Slaves,” singular to plural, and adds or reshapes the United States-belonging, commander, shore, and pretext formulations. The 1836 second witness makes the fugitive-prisoner condition express and recasts the closing pricing wording; those variants remain in the witness note, not in the sealed 1786 text. The final 1786 verb is deliberately [W-], not silently translated from the carried English.

“If any Ship of War belonging to the United States shall put into any of our Ports, she shall not be examined on any Pretence whatever, even though she should have fugitive Slaves on Board, nor shall the Governor or Commander of the Place compel them to be brought on Shore on any pretext, nor require any payment for them.” — The 1786 carried English of record (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate).

“If any ship of war belonging to the United States, shall put into any of our ports, she shall not be examined on any pretence whatever, even though she should have fugitive slaves on board, nor shall the governor or commander of the place compel them to be brought on shore on any pretext, nor require any payment for them.” — The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 485 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic note of record: “Ships of war not to be examined in port.”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014) and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. The 1836 English repeats the carried 1786 rendering nearly verbatim, with modernized capitalization and punctuation, including a comma after “United States”; it retains “pretence” in the examination clause and “pretext” in the removal clause. That repetition supplies no Arabic reading. Its plural “fugitive slaves,” governor/commander, “on shore,” and “payment for them” formulations remain audit divergences from the sealed face. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 13 of 25

The salute returned — gun for gun, not more or less

الشَّرْطُ الثَّالِثَ عَشَرَ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ وَرَدَتْ سَفِينَةُ الْحَرْبِ إِلَىٰ مَرَاسِي بَنَادِرِنَا وَأَخْرَجَتِ الْمَدَافِعَ بِأَنَّهَا الْخَرْجُ عَلَيْهَا مريك الرَّئِيسُ مِنْكَ أَخْرَجَتْ مِنْ غَيْرِ وَلَا زِيَادَةٍ وَلَا نُقْصَانٍ

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, Englished Stipulation the Thirteenth — That whenever a warship comes to the anchorages of Our ports and discharges the guns, the discharge upon her [the compact wording مريك الرئيس منك أخرجت follows: “the chief/president,” “from you,” “she discharged”; the precise lexical force of مريك is unresolved], without increase or decrease. Desk rendering, 2026-10-28 — subordinate in all things to the Arabic above; the whole 1786 face is facsimile-verified, no transcription seat open. The bracket is deliberate: مريك is [W-], orthography closed but lexical force unresolved. The compact sealed middle is not rewritten into the 1836 explicit like-for-like syntax, and the carried English is not used to fill it.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — print 199, five lines; transcribed from the facsimile of record, plate-verified entire 2026-10-28, and independently re-collated 2026-10-31 — every seat ruled on the plate, the reading locked; no transcription seat open. مريك is [W-]: orthography verified, precise lexical force unresolved. The 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 47 — independent re-collation of record 2026-10-31, six lines, every seat ruled on the plate) carries a related recension: الشَّرْطُ الثَّالِثَ عَشَرَ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ وَرَدَتْ سَفِينَةُ الْحَرْبِ إِلَىٰ مَرَاسِي بَنَادِرِنَا وَنَارُوا وَأَخْرَجَتِ الْمَدَافِعَ إِنَّمَا لَا يُخْرَجُ عَلَيْهَا مِثْلُ ذَٰلِكَ الْمُرْسَلِ إِلَّا مِثْلَ مَا أَخْرَجَتْ مِنْ غَيْرِ زِيَادَةٍ وَلَا نُقْصَانٍ. Divergences of record: 1836 expressly adds وَنَارُوا, “and they fired”; and makes the like-for-like return explicit with إِنَّمَا لَا يُخْرَجُ عَلَيْهَا مِثْلُ ذَٰلِكَ الْمُرْسَلِ إِلَّا مِثْلَ مَا أَخْرَجَتْ, “only the like of that which was sent is discharged against her, only the like of what she discharged.” The sealed face instead retains its compact بِأَنَّهَا الْخَرْجُ عَلَيْهَا مريك الرَّئِيسُ مِنْكَ أَخْرَجَتْ. The 1836 close is مِنْ غَيْرِ زِيَادَةٍ وَلَا نُقْصَانٍ, where 1786 has مِنْ غَيْرِ وَلَا زِيَادَةٍ وَلَا نُقْصَانٍ. The sealed wording remains unchanged, and no 1836 explicitation is imported into the 1786 standard.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 13 (Miller, vol. 2, print 199; DOR-AF PDF 16).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 13 (Miller, vol. 4, print 47; DOR-AF PDF 66).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 16 (= print 199) · DOR-AF PDF 66 (= print 47).

The audit at a glance — the Arabic of record, its rendering, and the carried English beside it
Arabic of record	Transliteration	Rendering of the Arabic	The carried English under audit	Flag
الشَّرْطُ الثَّالِثَ عَشَرَ أَنَّهُ مَتَىٰ	ash-sharṭu th-thālitha ʿashara annahu matā	“Stipulation the Thirteenth — That whenever”	“If a Ship of War …” — the carried opens directly with the condition and carries no article title	[W]
وَرَدَتْ سَفِينَةُ الْحَرْبِ إِلَىٰ مَرَاسِي بَنَادِرِنَا	waradat safīnatu l-ḥarbi ilā marāsī banādirinā	“a warship comes to the anchorages of Our ports” — the vessel, arrival, anchorages, and Our ports are express	“If a Ship of War of either Party shall put into a Port of the other” — the arrival setting agrees; the carried’s reciprocal either-party formulation is not separately expressed in this Arabic clause	[W-]
وَأَخْرَجَتِ الْمَدَافِعَ	wa-akhrajati l-madāfiʿa	“and she discharges the guns” — the warship’s discharge is express	“and salute” — the carried names the ceremony; the Arabic expresses its gun-discharge act	[W]
بِأَنَّهَا الْخَرْجُ عَلَيْهَا	bi-annahā l-kharju ʿalayhā	“the discharge upon her” — the connector and syntax are compact and are not silently regularized	“it shall be returned from the Fort” — the carried makes the return and the fort explicit; this sealed clause expressly has the discharge “upon her” but does not separately name a fort	[W-]
مريك الرَّئِيسُ مِنْكَ أَخْرَجَتْ	mryk ar-raʾīsu minka akhrajat	The compact sequence is plate-read: الرَّئِيسُ is “the chief/president,” مِنْكَ “from you,” and أَخْرَجَتْ “she discharged”; مريك is unvocalized here and its precise lexical force remains unresolved	“with an equal Number of Guns” — the English’s fluent equal-return formulation is not used to settle مريك or to rewrite the sealed syntax	[W-]
مِنْ غَيْرِ وَلَا زِيَادَةٍ وَلَا نُقْصَانٍ	min ghayri wa-lā ziyādatin wa-lā nuqṣānin	“without increase or decrease” — the sealed face’s additional وَلَا before زِيَادَةٍ is preserved	“not with more or less” — the upper-and-lower limit agrees directly	[W]

The 1786 architecture is: warship arrives at the anchorages of Our ports → she discharges the guns → discharge upon her → a compact sealed middle with مريك lexically unresolved → without increase or decrease. The 1836 second witness separately makes the equal-return mechanism explicit: only the like of what was sent or discharged is returned, without increase or decrease. The carried English preserves the salute setting and the no-more/no-less limit, while expressly formulating “either Party,” “the Fort,” and “an equal Number of Guns”; those English formulations are audit objects, not supplies for the unresolved sealed word. SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: the volumes of record (Companion-I, the gateway framework) · the transcription of record, 2026-10-28.

“If a Ship of War of either Party shall put into a Port of the other and salute, it shall be returned from the Fort, with an equal Number of Guns, not with more or less.” — The 1786 carried English of record (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate).

“If a ship of war of either party shall put into a port of the other, and salute, it shall be returned from the fort with an equal number of guns, not more or less.” — The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 485 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic note of record: “Salutes to be returned.”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014) and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. Against the carried 1786 English, it modernizes capitalization, adds a comma after “other,” reads “the fort with” rather than “the Fort, with,” and reads “not more or less” rather than “not with more or less.” Those English-version differences supply no Arabic reading. Its “either party,” “the fort,” and fluent equal-return formulation remain audit objects and do not settle مريك or rewrite the sealed compact middle. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 14 of 25

Commerce on the most-favored footing

الشَّرْطُ الرَّابِعَ عَشَرَ أَنْ يَكُونَ التِّجَارَةُ بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَهُمْ عَلَىٰ قَاعِدَةٍ لِأَهْلِ سَبْتَةَ وَتَكُونُ بَيْنَهُمْ وَبَيْنَ أَهْلِ مَحْبُوبٍ بَيْنَ الْأُمَمِ وَيَذْهَبُوا حَيْثُمَا شَاءُوا وَيُكْرَمُوا وَيُعَظَّمُوا وَيَكُونُوا مَحْبُوبِينَ فِي بِلَادِنَا وَفِي الْمَرَاسِي وَالْمَوَانِئِ بِدُونِ تَعَرُّضٍ

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, Englished Stipulation the Fourteenth — That commerce between Us and them shall be on a footing for the people of Ceuta, and shall be between them and the people of [a nation] favored among the nations; and they shall go wherever they wish, and be honored and esteemed, and be beloved/favored in Our country and in the anchorages and ports, without interference. Desk rendering, 2026-10-28 — subordinate in all things to the Arabic above; the whole 1786 face is facsimile-verified, no transcription seat open. The bracket in “[a nation]” discloses the compact Arabic ellipsis. “Wherever” translates حَيْثُمَا. “Without interference” renders بِدُونِ تَعَرُّضٍ in context; the second witness’s explicit “no one shall molest them” remains a separate collation witness.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — print 200, six lines; transcribed from the facsimile of record, plate-verified entire 2026-10-28, and independently re-collated 2026-10-31 — every seat ruled on the plate, the reading locked; no transcription seat open. The 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 48 — independent re-collation of record 2026-10-31, eight lines, every seat ruled on the plate) carries a related recension: الشَّرْطُ الرَّابِعَ عَشَرَ أَنْ يَكُونَ التُّجَّارُ عَلَىٰ قَاعِدَةِ تُجَّارِ اصْبَانِيُولَ وَيَكُونُ وَيَكُونُ مُعَزَّزِينَ وَيَكُونُ مِثْلَ أَكْرَمِ الْقَوْمِ بَيْنَ الْأُمَمِ عِنْدَنَا فِي الْوَقْتِ وَيَذْهَبُونَ فِي الْمُدُنِ وَالْمَرَاسِي حَيْثُ شَاءُوا لَا يَتَعَرَّضُ لَهُمْ أَحَدٌ. Divergences of record: 1836 expressly names تُجَّارِ اصْبَانِيُولَ, “Spanish merchants,” where the sealed face has لِأَهْلِ سَبْتَةَ, “for the people of Ceuta”; it separately makes the favored-nation and time formulations explicit with وَيَكُونُ مِثْلَ أَكْرَمِ الْقَوْمِ بَيْنَ الْأُمَمِ عِنْدَنَا فِي الْوَقْتِ, “and be like the most honored people among the nations with Us at the time”; it has فِي الْمُدُنِ وَالْمَرَاسِي, “in the towns/cities and anchorages”; and it closes لَا يَتَعَرَّضُ لَهُمْ أَحَدٌ, “no one shall molest them.” Its repeated وَيَكُونُ after اصْبَانِيُولَ and at the opening of physical line 4 is visible and retained, as is its plate spelling اصبانيول with ص. No 1836 explicitation is imported into the 1786 standard.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 14 (Miller, vol. 2, print 200; DOR-AF PDF 17).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 14 (Miller, vol. 4, print 48; DOR-AF PDF 67).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 17 (= print 200) · DOR-AF PDF 67 (= print 48).

The audit at a glance — the Arabic of record, its rendering, and the carried English beside it
Arabic of record	Transliteration	Rendering of the Arabic	The carried English under audit	Flag
الشَّرْطُ الرَّابِعَ عَشَرَ أَنْ يَكُونَ	ash-sharṭu r-rābiʿa ʿashara an yakūna	“Stipulation the Fourteenth — That … shall be” — the article title and governing verb are express	“The Commerce with the United States shall be …” — the carried has no article title; “between Us and them” appears in the next Arabic unit rather than as a repetition of the United States’ name	[W]
التِّجَارَةُ بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَهُمْ عَلَىٰ قَاعِدَةٍ لِأَهْلِ سَبْتَةَ	at-tijāratu baynanā wa-baynahum ʿalā qāʿidatin li-ahli sabta	“commerce between Us and them … on a footing for the people of Ceuta” — Ceuta is express in the sealed text	“on the same footing as is the Commerce with Spain” — the carried smooths the footing comparison to Spain; the sealed Arabic says لِأَهْلِ سَبْتَةَ, while 1836 separately names Spanish merchants	[W]
وَتَكُونُ بَيْنَهُمْ وَبَيْنَ أَهْلِ مَحْبُوبٍ بَيْنَ الْأُمَمِ	wa-takūnu baynahum wa-bayna ahli maḥbūbin bayna l-umam	“and shall be between them and the people of [a nation] favored among the nations” — the bracket discloses the compact ellipsis; “favored/beloved” is not an added superlative	“or as that with the most favored Nation for the time being” — the carried’s “most” and separate time qualifier are not express in this sealed clause; 1836 separately has أَكْرَم and عِنْدَنَا فِي الْوَقْتِ	[W]
وَيَذْهَبُوا حَيْثُمَا شَاءُوا	wa-yadhhabū ḥaythumā shāʾū	“and they go wherever they wish” — the movement and spatial choice are express	“have full Liberty to pass and repass … whenever they please” — the carried adds an explicit return journey and shifts the Arabic’s “wherever” to “whenever”	[W]
وَيُكْرَمُوا وَيُعَظَّمُوا وَيَكُونُوا مَحْبُوبِينَ	wa-yukramū wa-yuʿaẓẓamū wa-yakūnū maḥbūbīn	“and be honored and esteemed and be beloved/favored” — three passive/stative formulations are express; the persons are carried by the verbs and context	“their Citizens shall be respected and esteemed” — the honor language agrees closely; “Citizens” is not a separate noun in this sealed article, and the carried does not separately render the added “beloved/favored”	[W]
فِي بِلَادِنَا وَفِي الْمَرَاسِي وَالْمَوَانِئِ بِدُونِ تَعَرُّضٍ	fī bilādinā wa-fī l-marāsī wa-l-mawāniʾi bi-dūni taʿarruḍin	“in Our country and in the anchorages and ports, without interference” — the two maritime nouns remain distinct	“our Country and Sea Ports … without interruption” — the setting and non-interference sense broadly correspond; 1836 separately makes the agent explicit, “no one shall molest them”	[W]

The 1786 architecture is: commerce between Us and them → a footing for the people of Ceuta → the people of [a nation] favored among the nations → they go wherever they wish → honored, esteemed, and beloved/favored → Our country, anchorages, and ports → without interference. The 1836 second witness separately names Spanish merchants, makes the most-honored/time formulation explicit, places the movement in towns/cities and anchorages, and states that no one shall molest them. The carried English preserves the general commercial-footing, honor, movement, and non-interference architecture, while smoothing Ceuta to Spain and adding or recasting “most,” “for the time being,” “Citizens,” “pass and repass,” and “whenever.” Those English formulations remain audit objects, not supplies for the Arabic. SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: the volumes of record (Companion-I, the gateway framework) · the transcription of record, 2026-10-28.

“The Commerce with the United States shall be on the same footing as is the Commerce with Spain or as that with the most favored Nation for the time being and their Citizens shall be respected and esteemed and have full Liberty to pass and repass our Country and Sea Ports whenever they please without interruption.” — The 1786 carried English of record (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate).

“The commerce with the United States, shall be on the same footing as is the commerce with Spain, or as that with the most favored nation for the time being; and their citizens shall be respected and esteemed, and have full liberty to pass and repass our country and sea-ports whenever they please, without interruption.” — The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 485 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic note of record: “American commerce on the most favored footing.”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014) and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. Against the carried 1786 English, it uses lowercase “commerce,” “nation,” “citizens,” “liberty,” and “country”; adds commas after “United States,” “Spain,” and “esteemed,”; uses a semicolon after “for the time being;”; and prints “sea-ports.” Those English-version differences supply no Arabic reading. Its “Spain,” “most favored nation,” “for the time being,” “citizens,” “pass and repass,” and “whenever” remain audit objects and do not rewrite sealed لِأَهْلِ سَبْتَةَ, the compact أَهْلِ مَحْبُوبٍ بَيْنَ الْأُمَمِ, حَيْثُمَا, or وَيَذْهَبُوا. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 15 of 25

Merchants' interpreters — customary rates, not more and not less

الشرط الخامس عشر — أن التجار يكونوا يتخذون متعلمي البلاد واذا ارادوا ان يعملوا ترجمان بمعرفتهم أو يتخذوا كاتبا مقاربك أو ملازما أو يكتبون يتصرف في أمورهم ولا يرغم ولا يتخذ سفينة بغير لا رئيس ولا أرادو ولا يتعلم ولا يعطى ولا يقف عن انشى المراسي أو شيء من السفائن إلى مكاسبها يسر الناس لتعينوهم إلا بأجر قد تراضوا مقاطع

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, Englished Stipulation the Fifteenth — That the merchants shall be taking the learned people of the country; and if they wish to make an interpreter with their knowledge, or take a scribe — مقاربك [lexical force reserved] — or an attendant, or يكتبون [connection reserved], he shall act in their affairs, with no compulsion. The vessel construction running from ولا يتخذ سفينة بغير through إلى مكاسبها is reserved [W-]. يسر الناس لتعينوهم [construction reserved], except by a wage upon which they have agreed; مقاطع [closing force reserved]. Desk rendering, 2026-10-31 — subordinate in all things to the sealed Arabic above. [W-] closes the visible orthography while reserving the stated lexical, syntactic, or interpretive force; it does not assert a substitute reading. “Attendant” renders ملازما only and does not settle مقاربك or the connection of أو يكتبون. No wording or syntax is supplied from the 1836 Arabic or either English exhibit.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — Miller vol. 2, print 201, eight physical lines; transcribed from the facsimile of record and independently collated 2026-10-31 against the directly extracted native 5,250 × 7,954 facsimile. Every consonantal seat is closed; [W-] reserves the force of مقاربك, the vessel construction through بغير لا رئيس ولا أرادو and ولا يتعلم, عن انشى المراسي, يسر الناس, and the closing مقاطع. No [O] consonantal seat remains. The 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 49 — nine physical lines, plate-verified entire 2026-10-28 and independently re-collated 2026-10-31, every orthographic seat [W]) carries a related recension: الشرط الخامس عشر — أن التجار يكونوا يتخذون بأعوان في أمورهم وإذا أرادوا يجعلون مثل ترجمان أو غيره ولا بأمر بذلك ولا يقبل رئيس سفينة إلى أخرى ولا تقف سفينة في المرسى وإذا أرادوا أن يجعلون من يعاونهم على أمور الحمل أو غيرها فإنهم ما يعطون سوى القدر الذي يعطى زيادة ولا نقصان. Its assistants clause, two distinct أرادوا clauses, captain and anchorage formulations, and closing زيادة ولا نقصان remain separate witness readings. No 1836 explicitation is imported into the sealed 1786 standard.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 15 (Miller, vol. 2, print 201; DOR-AF PDF 18).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 15 (Miller, vol. 4, print 49; DOR-AF PDF 68).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 18 (= Miller vol. 2, print 201) · DOR-AF PDF 68 (= Miller vol. 4, print 49).

The audit at a glance — the sealed Arabic of record, its rendering, and the carried English beside it
Arabic of record	Transliteration	Rendering of the Arabic	The carried English under audit	Flag
الشرط الخامس عشر	ash-sharṭu al-khāmisa ʿashara	“Stipulation the Fifteenth” — the article title is express	The carried English begins directly with “Merchants of both Countries” and has no article title	[W]
أن التجار يكونوا يتخذون متعلمي البلاد	an at-tujjāra yakūnū yattakhidhūna mutaʿallimī al-bilād	“That the merchants shall be taking the learned people of the country” — متعلمي البلاد is the sealed reading	“such other Persons to assist them in their Business” — the carried assistants/business formulation is not the sealed phrase; 1836 separately reads بأعوان في أمورهم	[W]
واذا ارادوا ان يعملوا ترجمان بمعرفتهم	wa-idhā arādū an yaʿmalū turjumānan bi-maʿrifatihim	“and if they wish to make an interpreter with their knowledge” — the interpreter and knowledge clauses are express	“only such interpreters … as they shall think proper” — the carried choice formulation remains an audit object and supplies no sealed wording	[W]
أو يتخذوا كاتبا مقاربك أو ملازما أو يكتبون	aw yattakhidhū kātiban mqārbk aw mulāziman aw yaktubūna	“or take a scribe — مقاربك [lexical force reserved] — or an attendant, or يكتبون [connection reserved]” — the consonants are closed; the desk does not smooth the construction	“such other Persons to assist them” — the carried general assistance clause cannot decide مقاربك or the connection of أو يكتبون	[W-]
يتصرف في أمورهم ولا يرغم ولا يتخذ سفينة بغير	yataṣarrafa fī umūrihim wa-lā yurghima wa-lā yattakhidha safīnatan bi-ghayri	“he shall act in their affairs, with no compulsion” — the following vessel construction continues into the next two units and remains reserved	“No Commander of a Vessel shall transport his Cargo on board another Vessel” — the carried cargo-transfer clause is not imported into the sealed construction	[W-]
لا رئيس ولا أرادو ولا يتعلم ولا يعطى ولا يقف	lā raʾīsa wa-lā arādū wa-lā yataʿallama wa-lā yuʿṭā wa-lā yaqifa	Reserved as part of the vessel construction — the visible negations, including بغير لا رئيس ولا أرادو and ولا يتعلم, are retained without an English completion	The carried cargo-transfer and port-detention clauses do not settle the sealed syntax	[W-]
عن انشى المراسي أو شيء من السفائن إلى مكاسبها	ʿan ʾnšy al-marāsī aw shayʾin min al-safāʾini ilā makāsibihā	The lexical force of انشى and the syntax joining عن انشى المراسي are reserved; أو شيء من السفائن إلى مكاسبها is retained literally	“detained in Port” and “loading or unloading Goods” remain carried formulations; neither supplies انشى or the joining syntax	[W-]
يسر الناس لتعينوهم إلا بأجر قد تراضوا مقاطع	ysr al-nāsa li-tuʿayyinūhum illā bi-ajrin qad tarāḍaw mqāṭʿ	يسر الناس لتعينوهم [construction reserved] — “except by a wage upon which they have agreed” — مقاطع [closing lexical/syntactic force reserved]	“all persons employed … shall be paid at the Customary rates, not more and not less” — the carried wage clause does not replace the reserved sealed constructions	[W-]

The sealed 1786 architecture is: merchants → the learned people of the country → an interpreter with their knowledge → scribe / مقاربك / attendant / يكتبون → act in their affairs, with no compulsion → the reserved vessel-and-anchorage chain → the reserved يسر الناس construction → an agreed wage → the reserved مقاطع close. The 1836 second witness separately reads assistants in their affairs, two distinct أرادوا clauses, a captain’s non-acceptance to another vessel, no vessel stopping in the anchorage, and زيادة ولا نقصان. Those recensions are displayed side by side, not merged. Both English versions remain audit objects; neither supplies Arabic wording or closes a [W-] construction. SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: the sealed print-201 facsimile and the independent print-49 second witness · the transcription of record, 2026-10-31.

“Merchants of both Countries shall employ only such interpreters, & such other Persons to assist them in their Business, as they shall think proper. No Commander of a Vessel shall transport his Cargo on board another Vessel, he shall not be detained in Port, longer than he may think proper, and all persons employed in loading or unloading Goods or in any other Labor whatever, shall be paid at the Customary rates, not more and not less.” — The 1786 carried English of record (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate).

“Merchants of both countries shall employ only such interpreters, and such other persons to assist them in their business, as they shall think proper. No commander of a vessel shall transport his cargo on board another vessel; he shall not be detained in port longer than he may think proper; and all persons employed in loading or unloading goods, or in any other labor whatever, shall be paid at the customary rates, not more and not less.” — The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 485 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic note of record: “Employment of interpreters, &c.”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014) and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. Against the carried 1786 English, it uses lowercase common nouns, expands “&” to “and”, removes the comma after “port”, uses semicolons after “another vessel;” and “think proper;”, and adds a comma after “goods,”. Those English-version differences supply no Arabic reading: the two أرادوا clauses remain distinct, and زيادة ولا نقصان is not smoothed from the English. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 16 of 25

Captives — head for head, with a one-year limit

الشرط السادس عشر — أنه متى كانت القوى بين الجانبين فإن الأسارى يكونون رأسا برأس الرئيس بالرئيس ومن دون رئيس بدون رئيس والبحر بالبحر وهاكذا وإن لم يحصل العدل بينهما فتعطى كل رأس من الجانبين مائة ريال بشرط أن لا يبقى الأسير من الجانبين في تمام سنة وحتى إذا أراد أحدهما أو كلاهما إبراء أسراهما بتاجر أو موكل من أحد الجانبين.

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, Englished Stipulation the Sixteenth — That whenever the forces are between the two sides, the captives shall be head for head, the chief for the chief, and whoever is below a chief for whoever is below a chief, and the seaman for the seaman, and so on. And if equality does not obtain between them, then for each head from the two sides one hundred riyals shall be given, provided that the captive from the two sides does not remain at the completion of a year; and even if one of them or both of them desires release of their captives through a merchant or an agent from one of the two sides. Desk rendering, 2026-10-31 — subordinate in all things to the sealed Arabic above. No wording or syntax is supplied from the 1836 Arabic or any English exhibit.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — Miller vol. 2, print 202, ten physical lines; freshly transcribed and independently collated 2026-10-31 against the directly extracted native 5,242 × 7,938 facsimile. Every orthographic seat is [W]. The opening noun is القوى, not الحرب; the rank sequence, العدل, the one-year provision, and the merchant-or-agent close are preserved exactly as banked. The independent 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 50; ten physical lines; every orthographic seat [W]) carries the token-identical continuous reading: الشرط السادس عشر — أنه متى كانت القوى بين الجانبين فإن الأسارى يكونون رأسا برأس الرئيس بالرئيس ومن دون رئيس بدون رئيس والبحر بالبحر وهاكذا وإن لم يحصل العدل بينهما فتعطى كل رأس من الجانبين مائة ريال بشرط أن لا يبقى الأسير من الجانبين في تمام سنة وحتى إذا أراد أحدهما أو كلاهما إبراء أسراهما بتاجر أو موكل من أحد الجانبين. Its physical lineation differs in the opening five lines and remains witness-specific. Neither English exhibit supplies an Arabic reading, and neither English non-enslavement clause is imported as a separate Arabic clause.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 16 (Miller, vol. 2, print 202; DOR-AF PDF 19).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 16 (Miller, vol. 4, print 50; DOR-AF PDF 69).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 19 (= Miller vol. 2, print 202) · DOR-AF PDF 69 (= Miller vol. 4, print 50).

Physical-line audit · 1786 / 1836
Witness · physical line	Arabic	Transliteration	Literal desk gloss / recension audit	Flag
1786 sealed · 1	الشرط السادس عشر أنه	ash-sharṭu as-sādisa ʿashara annahu	Stipulation the Sixteenth — That	[W]
1786 sealed · 2	متى كانت القوى بين الجانبين فإن	matā kānat al-quwā bayna al-jānibayni fa-inna	whenever the forces are between the two sides, then	[W]
1786 sealed · 3	الأسارى يكونون رأسا برأس الرئيس بالرئيس	al-usārā yakūnūna raʾsan bi-raʾsin ar-raʾīsa bi-r-raʾīsi	the captives shall be head for head, the chief for the chief	[W]
1786 sealed · 4	ومن دون رئيس بدون رئيس	wa-man dūna raʾīsin bi-dūni raʾīsin	and whoever is below a chief for whoever is below a chief	[W]
1786 sealed · 5	والبحر بالبحر وهاكذا وإن لم يحصل	wa-l-baḥra bi-l-baḥri wa-hākadhā wa-in lam yaḥṣul	and the seaman for the seaman, and so on; and if there does not obtain	[W]
1786 sealed · 6	العدل بينهما فتعطى كل رأس من	al-ʿadla baynahumā fa-tuʿṭā kulla raʾsin min	equality between them, then for each head from	[W]
1786 sealed · 7	الجانبين مائة ريال بشرط أن لا يبقى	al-jānibayni miʾata riyālin bi-sharṭi an lā yabqā	the two sides one hundred riyals shall be given, provided that there does not remain	[W]
1786 sealed · 8	الأسير من الجانبين في تمام سنة وحتى	al-asīra min al-jānibayni fī tamāmi sanatin wa-ḥattā	the captive from the two sides at the completion of a year; and even	[W]
1786 sealed · 9	إذا أراد أحدهما أو كلاهما	idhā arāda aḥaduhumā aw kilāhumā	if one of them or both of them desires	[W]
1786 sealed · 10	إبراء أسراهما بتاجر أو موكل من أحد الجانبين	ibrāʾa usārāhumā bi-tājirin aw muwakkalin min aḥadi al-jānibayni	release of their captives through a merchant or an agent from one of the two sides	[W]
1836 second · 1	الشرط السادس عشر أنه متى كانت	ash-sharṭu as-sādisa ʿashara annahu matā kānat	Stipulation the Sixteenth — That whenever [the forces] were; the continuous wording agrees with the sealed witness	[W]
1836 second · 2	القوى بين الجانبين فإن الأسارى	al-quwā bayna al-jānibayni fa-inna al-usārā	the forces are between the two sides, then the captives	[W]
1836 second · 3	يكونون رأسا برأس الرئيس بالرئيس	yakūnūna raʾsan bi-raʾsin ar-raʾīsa bi-r-raʾīsi	shall be head for head, the chief for the chief	[W]
1836 second · 4	ومن دون رئيس بدون رئيس والبحر	wa-man dūna raʾīsin bi-dūni raʾīsin wa-l-baḥra	and whoever is below a chief for whoever is below a chief, and the seaman	[W]
1836 second · 5	بالبحر وهاكذا وإن لم يحصل	bi-l-baḥri wa-hākadhā wa-in lam yaḥṣul	for the seaman, and so on; and if there does not obtain	[W]
1836 second · 6	العدل بينهما فتعطى كل رأس من	al-ʿadla baynahumā fa-tuʿṭā kulla raʾsin min	equality between them, then for each head from	[W]
1836 second · 7	الجانبين مائة ريال بشرط أن لا يبقى	al-jānibayni miʾata riyālin bi-sharṭi an lā yabqā	the two sides one hundred riyals shall be given, provided that there does not remain	[W]
1836 second · 8	الأسير من الجانبين في تمام سنة وحتى	al-asīra min al-jānibayni fī tamāmi sanatin wa-ḥattā	the captive from the two sides at the completion of a year; and even	[W]
1836 second · 9	إذا أراد أحدهما أو كلاهما	idhā arāda aḥaduhumā aw kilāhumā	if one of them or both of them desires	[W]
1836 second · 10	إبراء أسراهما بتاجر أو موكل من أحد الجانبين	ibrāʾa usārāhumā bi-tājirin aw muwakkalin min aḥadi al-jānibayni	release of their captives through a merchant or an agent from one of the two sides	[W]

The sealed architecture is captives → head-for-head equivalence → chief, subordinate, and seaman → one hundred riyals if equality does not obtain → a one-year limit → release through a merchant or agent. The two Arabic witnesses agree in continuous wording but not in physical lineation. The carried English non-enslavement wording remains visible below as English evidence; it is not silently printed as an additional Arabic clause. SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: the sealed print-202 facsimile and the independent print-50 second witness · the dual-witness transcription of record, 2026-10-31.

“In case of a War between the Parties, the Prisoners are not to be made Slaves, but to be exchanged one for another, Captain for Captain, Officer for Officer and one private Man for another; and if there shall prove a deficiency on either side, it shall be made up by the payment of one hundred Mexican Dollars for each Person wanting; And it is agreed that all Prisoners shall be exchanged in twelve Months from the Time of their being taken, and that this exchange may be effected by a Merchant or any other Person authorized by either of the Parties.” — The 1786 carried English of record (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate).

“In case of a war between the parties, the prisoners are not to be made slaves, but to be exchanged one for another, captain for captain, officer for officer, and one private man for another; and if there shall prove a deficiency on either side, it shall be made up by the payment of one hundred Mexican dollars for each person wanting. And it is agreed, that all prisoners shall be exchanged in twelve months from the time of their being taken, and that this exchange may be effected by a merchant, or any other person, authorized by either of the parties.” — The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 485–486 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic note of record: “Exchange of prisoners.”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014) and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. Against the carried 1786 English, it lowercases common nouns, adds a comma after the second “officer”, changes “wanting; And” to “wanting. And”, adds a comma after “agreed”, and uses “by a merchant, or any other person, authorized” with its two additional commas. These English-version differences supply no Arabic reading: القوى, العدل, and بشرط أن لا يبقى remain as printed, and neither English non-enslavement clause is imported as a separate Arabic clause. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 17 of 25

No compulsion to buy or sell

الشَّرْطُ السَّابِعَ عَشَرَ أَنَّهُ لَا تُكَلَّفُ عَلَيْهِمُ الْبَيَاعُ وَلَا يَشْتَرُونَ إِلَّا مَا أَرَادُوا وَعَلَىٰ كَيْفِ أَنْفُسِهِمْ وَكَذَلِكَ الْبَيْعُ إِلَّا إِذَا كَانَتْ هَذَا كتسايل جَارِيَةً بِهَا الْعَادَةُ مَعَ مَنْ قَبْلَهُمْ مِنْ أَجْنَاسِ النَّصَارَىٰ فَحَمَلُوهَا بِلَا بَأْسٍ مراك

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, Englished Stipulation the Seventeenth — That selling shall not be imposed on them, and they shall not buy except what they wish and at their own discretion; and likewise selling, except if this is [a case] for which custom has prevailed with those before them among the kinds of Christians, and they carried them, without harm/difficulty [the force of مراك is unresolved]. Desk rendering, 2026-10-28 — subordinate in all things to the Arabic above. Every orthographic seat is facsimile-verified; no transcription seat remains open. The bracketed “[a case]” discloses an English functional ellipsis for the compact كتسايل, whose precise lexical force remains unresolved; it is not a claim that a separate Arabic noun “case” is visible. “They carried them” renders فَحَمَلُوهَا without adding another Arabic object noun. “Without harm/difficulty” renders بِلَا بَأْسٍ. Final مراك is retained and expressly left unresolved.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — print 203, six lines; transcribed from the facsimile of record and plate-verified entire 2026-10-28. Every orthographic seat is ruled; the two compact lexical reservations are published rather than concealed. The 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 51 — fresh collation of record 2026-10-28, seven lines, every orthographic seat ruled) carries a related recension: الشَّرْطُ السَّابِعَ عَشَرَ أَنَّ التُّجَّارَ أَلَّا يُكَلَّفَ عَلَيْهِمُ الْبَيَاعُ وَلَا يَشْتَرُونَ إِلَّا مَا أَرَادُوا وَعَلَىٰ كَيْفِ أَنْفُسِهِمْ وَكَذَلِكَ الْبَيْعُ إِلَّا إِذَا كَانَ هَذَا كتسايل جَارِيَةً بِهَا الْعَادَةُ مَعَ مَنْ قَبْلَهُمْ مِنْ أَجْنَاسِ النَّصَارَىٰ فَحَمَلُوهَا بِلَا بَأْسٍ مراك. Divergences of record: the sealed opening is أَنَّهُ لَا, while 1836 separately has أَنَّ التُّجَّارَ أَلَّا, expressly naming the merchants; the sealed plate form is تكلف, where 1836 has يكلف; and the sealed continuation is إِلَّا إِذَا كَانَتْ, where 1836 has إِلَّا إِذَا كَانَ. The sealed grammatical irregularity كَانَتْ هَذَا is not silently repaired, and no 1836 explicitation is imported into the 1786 standard. Both faces preserve كتسايل and final مراك: their orthography is closed, but their precise lexical force remains unresolved. The Leiden literal separately warns, “The meaning of the latter stipulation is not clearly expressed in the Arabic text”; it is a translation witness only and supplies no Arabic wording.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 17 (Miller, vol. 2, print 203; DOR-AF PDF 20). — The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 17 — full page (Miller, vol. 2, print 203; DOR-AF PDF 20).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 17 (Miller, vol. 4, print 51; DOR-AF PDF 70). — The 1836 recordation, Chapter 17 — full page (Miller, vol. 4, print 51; DOR-AF PDF 70).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 20 (= print 203) · DOR-AF PDF 70 (= print 51).

The audit at a glance — the Arabic of record, its rendering, and the carried English beside it
Arabic of record	Transliteration	Rendering of the Arabic	The carried English under audit	Flag
الشَّرْطُ السَّابِعَ عَشَرَ أَنَّهُ لَا تُكَلَّفُ عَلَيْهِمُ الْبَيَاعُ وَلَا يَشْتَرُونَ	ash-sharṭu s-sābiʿa ʿashara annahu lā tukallafu ʿalayhimu l-bayāʿu wa-lā yashtarūna	“Stipulation the Seventeenth — That selling shall not be imposed on them, and they shall not buy” — selling is named first; the sealed initial ت in تكلف is retained and vocalized as passive in context	“Merchants shall not be compelled to buy or Sell any kind of Goods” — noncompulsion broadly corresponds, but “Merchants” is not a separate sealed 1786 noun (1836 expressly has التُّجَّارَ), and “any kind of Goods” is not a separate visible sealed phrase	[W]
إِلَّا مَا أَرَادُوا وَعَلَىٰ كَيْفِ أَنْفُسِهِمْ	illā mā arādū wa-ʿalā kayfi anfusihim	“except what they wish and at their own discretion” — both their wish and their discretion are express	“but such as they shall think proper” — a close functional correspondence; the Arabic’s two elements are not reduced to a single English formula	[W]
وَكَذَلِكَ الْبَيْعُ إِلَّا إِذَا كَانَتْ هَذَا كتسايل	wa-kadhālika l-bayʿu illā idhā kānat hādhā ktsāyl	“and likewise selling, except if this is [a case] …” — the sealed كَانَتْ is not normalized to the 1836 كَانَ; كتسايل is orthographically closed, but its precise lexical force remains unresolved, and “[a case]” is a disclosed English functional ellipsis	“and may buy and sell all sorts of Merchandise but such as …” — the carried fluent merchandise formulation is not a literal reproduction of the parallel selling clause and compact exception; “all sorts of Merchandise” has no separate visible sealed phrase	[W-]
جَارِيَةً بِهَا الْعَادَةُ مَعَ مَنْ قَبْلَهُمْ مِنْ أَجْنَاسِ النَّصَارَىٰ	jāriyatan bihā l-ʿādatu maʿa man qablahum min ajnāsi n-naṣārā	“… for which custom has prevailed with those before them among the kinds of Christians” — custom, precedence, and أَجْنَاسِ النَّصَارَىٰ, “kinds of Christians,” are express	“… prohibited to the other Christian Nations” — “Christian Nations” corresponds only to a portion of this construction; the carried close does not expressly carry the custom and precedence language	[W]
فَحَمَلُوهَا بِلَا بَأْسٍ مراك	fa-ḥamalūhā bi-lā baʾsin mrāk	“and they carried them, without harm/difficulty [the force of مراك is unresolved]” — the initial ح in فَحَمَلُوهَا is undotted, not ج; no prohibition verb such as مَنَعَ or حَرَّمَ appears. Final مراك is orthographically closed in both faces but remains lexically unresolved	The carried close ends with “the other Christian Nations” and has no express counterpart for فَحَمَلُوهَا or بِلَا بَأْسٍ. Its “prohibited” recasts the compact custom/carriage construction and cannot be settled by the unresolved final word	[W-]

The 1786 architecture is: selling not imposed → no buying except what they wish and at their own discretion → likewise selling, subject to a compact exception → custom prevailing with those before them among the kinds of Christians → they carried them, without harm/difficulty → final مراك unresolved. The carried English’s “prohibited” recasts that custom/carriage construction as a prohibition; the sealed close contains no corresponding prohibition verb. Neither كتسايل nor مراك is silently translated by conjecture, and neither the carried English nor the 1836 recension supplies sealed wording. SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: the volumes of record (Companion-I, the gateway framework) · the transcription of record, 2026-10-28.

“Merchants shall not be compelled to buy or Sell any kind of Goods but such as they shall think proper; and may buy and sell all sorts of Merchandise but such as are prohibited to the other Christian Nations.” — The 1786 carried English of record (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate).

“Merchants shall not be compelled to buy or sell any kind of goods but such as they shall think proper: and may buy and sell all sorts of merchandise but such as are prohibited to the other Christian nations.” — The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 486 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic note of record: “No compulsion in buying or selling.”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014), certified PDF page 6 / statutory print 486, and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 18 of 25

Goods weighed before loading — no second examination

الشَّرْطُ الثَّامِنَ عَشَرَ أَنْ تُوزَنَ وَتُفَتَّشَ وَتُقَلَّبَ وَتَقِفَ الْأَمْتِعَةُ قَبْلَ تَحْمِيلِهَا فِي الْمَرَاكِبِ أَمَّا الِاطِّلَاعُ فِيهَا بَعْدَ ذَٰلِكَ فَلَا يَكُونُ إِلَّا بِوَجْهِ التُّهْمَةِ وَإِذَا كَانَ بِالتَّهْرِيبِ فَلَا يَتَعَدَّىٰ إِلَىٰ غَيْرِ الْفَاعِلِ وَأَنْ يَحْصُلَ ذَٰلِكَ وَفْقَ مَا يَجْرِي بِهِ الْعَمَلُ وَلَا يَكُونُ ضَرَرٌ عَلَى الْمَرَاكِبِ وَلَا عَلَى الْأَمْتِعَةِ الْمَحْمُولَةِ فِيهَا وَلَا عَلَىٰ غَيْرِ ذَٰلِكَ مِنَ الْأَشْيَاءِ مِنْ ذَٰلِكَ

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, Englished Stipulation the Eighteenth — That the goods shall be weighed, examined, turned over, and be held before their loading into ships. As for examination of them after that, it shall not be except by way of accusation; and if it is by smuggling, it shall not extend to other than the actor, and that shall occur according to what practice runs with. And there shall be no harm upon the ships, nor upon the goods loaded in them, nor upon other things of that — from/of that [the attachment of the closing من ذلك is unresolved]. Desk rendering, 2026-10-28 — subordinate in all things to the Arabic above. Every orthographic seat is facsimile-verified; no transcription seat remains open. “Be held” is the disclosed contextual rendering of تَقِفَ, “stand/stop,” before loading. “From/of that” preserves the final visible phrase without assigning it an uncertain attachment. The 1836 explicit close is a separate witness and supplies no wording here.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — print 204, nine lines; transcribed from the facsimile of record and plate-verified entire 2026-10-28. Every orthographic seat is ruled; the syntactic reservation at the close is published rather than concealed. The 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 52 — fresh collation of record 2026-10-28, nine lines, every orthographic seat ruled) carries a related recension: الشَّرْطُ الثَّامِنَ عَشَرَ ثُمَّ تُوزَنَ وَتُقَلَّبَ وَتُفَتَّشَ وَتَقِفَ الْأَمْتِعَةُ قَبْلَ تَحْمِيلِهَا فِي الْمَرَاكِبِ أَمَّا الِاطِّلَاعُ فِيهَا بَعْدَ ذَٰلِكَ فَلَا يَكُونُ إِلَّا بِوَجْهِ التُّهْمَةِ وَإِذَا كَانَ بِالتَّهْرِيبِ فَلَا يَتَعَدَّىٰ إِلَىٰ غَيْرِ الْفَاعِلِ وَأَنْ يَحْصُلَ ذَٰلِكَ وَفْقَ مَا يَجْرِي بِهِ الْعَمَلُ وَلَا يَكُونُ ضَرَرٌ عَلَى الْمَرَاكِبِ وَلَا عَلَى الْأَمْتِعَةِ الْمَحْمُولَةِ فِيهَا وَلَا عَلَىٰ غَيْرِ ذَٰلِكَ مِنَ الْأَشْيَاءِ مَعَ ذَٰلِكَ بأثم بِغَيْرِ ذَنْبٍ وَغَيْرِ جُرْمٍ. Divergences of record: the sealed opening is أَنْ, while 1836 has ثُمَّ; the sealed verb order is وَتُفَتَّشَ وَتُقَلَّبَ, while 1836 reverses those two verbs; and the sealed close ends مِنْ ذَٰلِكَ, while 1836 separately carries مَعَ ذَٰلِكَ بأثم بِغَيْرِ ذَنْبٍ وَغَيْرِ جُرْمٍ. The later word بأثم is retained as a consonantal plate form; its precise grammatical force is not guessed. No 1836 explicitation is imported into the 1786 standard. The Leiden literal separately cautions that there is no secure expression corresponding to the carried translation’s “unless”; it is a translation witness only and supplies no Arabic wording.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 18 (Miller, vol. 2, print 204; DOR-AF PDF 21). — The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 18 — full page (Miller, vol. 2, print 204; DOR-AF PDF 21).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 18 (Miller, vol. 4, print 52; DOR-AF PDF 71). — The 1836 recordation, Chapter 18 — full page (Miller, vol. 4, print 52; DOR-AF PDF 71).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 21 (= print 204) · DOR-AF PDF 71 (= print 52).

The audit at a glance — the Arabic of record, its rendering, and the carried English beside it
Arabic of record	Transliteration	Rendering of the Arabic	The carried English under audit	Flag
الشَّرْطُ الثَّامِنَ عَشَرَ أَنْ	ash-sharṭu th-thāmina ʿashara an	“Stipulation the Eighteenth — That” — the article title and governing word are express	“All goods shall be weighed …” — the carried opens directly with the rule and carries no article title	[W]
تُوزَنَ وَتُفَتَّشَ وَتُقَلَّبَ وَتَقِفَ الْأَمْتِعَةُ قَبْلَ تَحْمِيلِهَا فِي الْمَرَاكِبِ	tūzana wa-tufattasha wa-tuqallaba wa-taqifa l-amtiʿatu qabla taḥmīlihā fī l-marākibi	“the goods shall be weighed, examined, turned over, and be held before their loading into ships” — four verbs are express in the sealed order; تَقِفَ is literally “stand/stop,” contextually “be held”	“All goods shall be weighed and examined before they are sent on board” — weighing, examination, goods, and loading broadly correspond, but “all” is not a separate quantifier and the carried omits the sealed turning-over and standing/being-held verbs	[W]
أَمَّا الِاطِّلَاعُ فِيهَا بَعْدَ ذَٰلِكَ فَلَا يَكُونُ إِلَّا بِوَجْهِ التُّهْمَةِ	ammā l-iṭṭilāʿu fīhā baʿda dhālika fa-lā yakūnu illā bi-wajhi t-tuhmati	“As for examination of them after that, it shall not be except by way of accusation” — examination, posteriority, not-except, and accusation are express	“and to avoid all detention of Vessels, no examination shall afterwards be made, unless it shall first be proved, that contraband Goods have been sent on board” — the carried adds a separate vessel-detention purpose and proof formulation; “contraband Goods” is not named in this Arabic clause	[W]
وَإِذَا كَانَ بِالتَّهْرِيبِ فَلَا يَتَعَدَّىٰ إِلَىٰ غَيْرِ الْفَاعِلِ	wa-idhā kāna bi-t-tahrībi fa-lā yataʿaddā ilā ghayri l-fāʿili	“and if it is by smuggling, it shall not extend to other than the actor” — smuggling, non-extension, and the actor are express	“in which Case the Persons who took the contraband Goods on board shall be punished … and no other Person whatever shall be injured” — non-liability beyond the actor broadly corresponds, but the carried makes the persons, loading act, and punishment explicit; no separate punishment verb appears here	[W]
وَأَنْ يَحْصُلَ ذَٰلِكَ وَفْقَ مَا يَجْرِي بِهِ الْعَمَلُ	wa-an yaḥṣula dhālika wafqa mā yajrī bihi l-ʿamalu	“and that that shall occur according to what practice runs with” — occurrence and prevailing practice are express	“according to the Usage and Custom of the Country” — usage/custom broadly corresponds to the practice clause; “of the Country” is not separately expressed	[W]
وَلَا يَكُونُ ضَرَرٌ عَلَى الْمَرَاكِبِ وَلَا عَلَى الْأَمْتِعَةِ الْمَحْمُولَةِ فِيهَا وَلَا عَلَىٰ غَيْرِ ذَٰلِكَ مِنَ الْأَشْيَاءِ	wa-lā yakūnu ḍararun ʿalā l-marākibi wa-lā ʿalā l-amtiʿati l-maḥmūlati fīhā wa-lā ʿalā ghayri dhālika mina l-ashyāʾi	“And there shall be no harm upon the ships, nor upon the goods loaded in them, nor upon other things of that” — harm, ships, loaded goods, and other things are express	“nor shall the Ship or Cargo incur any Penalty or damage whatever” — ship, cargo, and damage broadly correspond; “Penalty” and “whatever” are not separately expressed, while the Arabic also names other things	[W]
مِنْ ذَٰلِكَ	min dhālika	“from/of that” — the letters are closed on the sealed face, but the phrase’s syntactic attachment to the preceding immunity/harm clause remains unresolved and is not silently repaired	The carried ends with “any Penalty or damage whatever”; the unresolved sealed phrase cannot be used to strengthen or expand that English close. The longer 1836 guilt/innocence formula remains a separate variant	[W-]

The 1786 architecture is: goods weighed, examined, turned over, and held before loading → later examination not except by way of accusation → if by smuggling, no extension beyond the actor → occurrence according to prevailing practice → no harm upon ships, loaded goods, or other things → final من ذلك unresolved in attachment. The 1836 second witness separately opens ثُمَّ, reverses examination and turning over, and adds a longer guilt/innocence close. The carried English’s vessel-detention purpose, proof/contraband formulation, express punishment, “of the Country,” and “Penalty” remain audit objects, not supplies for the Arabic. SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: the volumes of record (Companion-I, the gateway framework) · the transcription of record, 2026-10-28.

“All goods shall be weighed and examined before they are sent on board, and to avoid all detention of Vessels, no examination shall afterwards be made, unless it shall first be proved, that contraband Goods have been sent on board, in which Case the Persons who took the contraband Goods on board shall be punished according to the Usage and Custom of the Country and no other Person whatever shall be injured, nor shall the Ship or Cargo incur any Penalty or damage whatever.” — The 1786 carried English of record (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate).

“All goods shall be weighed and examined before they are sent on board; and to avoid all detention of vessels, no examination shall afterwards be made, unless it shall first be proved that contraband goods have been sent on board; in which case, the persons who took the contraband goods on board, shall be punished according to the usage and custom of the country, and no other person whatever shall be injured, nor shall the ship or cargo incur any penalty or damage whatever.” — The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 486 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic note of record: “No examination of goods on board, except, &c.”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014), certified PDF page 6 / statutory print 486, and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 19 of 25

No enemy commission — no fighting under their flag

الشرط التاسع عشر — أنه إذا كانت حرب بين أحد الجانبين مع أمة ما فلا يأخذ الآخر براءة من العدو ولا يقاتل مع عدوهما تحت رايتهما.

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, Englished Stipulation the Nineteenth — That if there is war between one of the two sides and any nation, the other shall not take a commission from the enemy, nor shall he fight with their enemy under their flag. Desk rendering, 2026-10-31 — subordinate in all things to the sealed Arabic above. No wording or syntax is supplied from the 1836 Arabic or any English exhibit.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — Miller vol. 2, print 205, five physical lines; freshly transcribed and independently collated 2026-10-31 against the directly extracted native 5,250 × 7,966 facsimile. Every orthographic seat is [W]. The independent 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 53; six physical lines; every orthographic seat [W]) reads: الشرط التاسع عشر — أنه إذا كانت حرب بين أحد الجانبين مع أمة ما فلا يأخذ الآخر براءة من عدوه ولا يقاتل مع عدوهما تحت رايتهما. The sole continuous-token difference is sealed من العدو versus 1836 من عدوه. The five-line and six-line physical lineations remain distinct. A dated pre-publication identity check established that the previously deployed port-detention Arabic did not match either Article 19 face; the carried port-detention English remains verbatim below solely as an audit object and supplies no Arabic wording.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 19 (Miller, vol. 2, print 205; DOR-AF PDF 22).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 19 (Miller, vol. 4, print 53; DOR-AF PDF 72).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 22 (= Miller vol. 2, print 205) · DOR-AF PDF 72 (= Miller vol. 4, print 53).

Physical-line audit · 1786 / 1836
Witness · physical line	Arabic	Transliteration	Literal desk gloss / recension audit	Flag
1786 sealed · 1	الشرط التاسع عشر أنه	ash-sharṭu at-tāsiʿa ʿashara annahu	Stipulation the Nineteenth — That	[W]
1786 sealed · 2	إذا كانت حرب بين أحد الجانبين مع	idhā kānat ḥarbun bayna aḥadi al-jānibayni maʿa	if there is war between one of the two sides and	[W]
1786 sealed · 3	أمة ما فلا يأخذ الآخر براءة من العدو	ummatin mā fa-lā yaʾkhudhu al-ākharu barāʾatan min al-ʿaduwwi	any nation, the other shall not take a commission from the enemy — sealed recension	[W]
1786 sealed · 4	ولا يقاتل مع	wa-lā yuqātila maʿa	nor shall he fight with	[W]
1786 sealed · 5	عدوهما تحت رايتهما	ʿaduwwihimā taḥta rāyatihimā	their enemy under their flag	[W]
1836 second · 1	الشرط التاسع عشر	ash-sharṭu at-tāsiʿa ʿashara	Stipulation the Nineteenth	[W]
1836 second · 2	أنه إذا كانت حرب بين أحد الجانبين	annahu idhā kānat ḥarbun bayna aḥadi al-jānibayni	That if there is war between one of the two sides	[W]
1836 second · 3	مع أمة ما فلا يأخذ الآخر	maʿa ummatin mā fa-lā yaʾkhudhu al-ākharu	and any nation, the other shall not take	[W]
1836 second · 4	براءة من عدوه	barāʾatan min ʿaduwwihi	a commission from his enemy — 1836 recension difference of record	[W]
1836 second · 5	ولا يقاتل مع	wa-lā yuqātila maʿa	nor shall he fight with	[W]
1836 second · 6	عدوهما تحت رايتهما	ʿaduwwihimā taḥta rāyatihimā	their enemy under their flag	[W]

Both Arabic witnesses place the war-and-enemy-commission clause at Article 19. The sealed من العدو and 1836 من عدوه are preserved as a recension difference, not conformed. The carried English port-detention and loading quotation is a substantial version divergence here: it is exhibited verbatim, but no port, detention, consent, or freight wording is imported into either Arabic witness. Chapters 18 and 20 remain unchanged. SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: the sealed print-205 facsimile and the independent print-53 second witness · the source-identity correction and dual-witness transcription of record, 2026-10-31.

“No vessel shall be detained in Port on any pretence whatever, nor be obliged to take on board any Article without the consent of the Commander, who shall be at full Liberty to agree for the Freight of any Goods he takes on board.” — The 1786 carried English of record (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate). Correction of record 2026-10-28: “presence” → “pretence,” verified on Miller, vol. 2, print 216 (DOR-AF PDF 33); the statutory face at 8 Stat. 103 independently agrees.

“No vessel shall be detained in port on any pretence whatever, nor be obliged to take on board any article without the consent of the commander, who shall be at full liberty to agree for the freight of any goods he takes on board.” — The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 486 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic note of record: “No detention of vessels.”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014), certified PDF page 6 / statutory print 486, and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

The office-function cluster

The Office Corridor — Chapters 20 → 21 → 22

Three consecutive chapters seat the treaty’s venue architecture in the office, and they read as one corridor. Chapter 20 leads: an offense is judged by the consul of the offender’s nation, with assistance from the local pasha’s officials when the consul needs it. Neither Arabic face contains wording meaning “decides between the two sides” or “without delay.” Chapter 21 names the governing law: the killing-or-wounding case is judged بِالشَّرْعِ — by the Sacred Law, the Sharia — with the 1786 measure فوق النقص والزيادة, literally “above decrease and increase” [S], and trial in the consul’s presence; the independent 1836 plate separately reads بالشرع لا زيادة ولا نقصان. Hurgronje’s literal identifies the same law as “the Sacred [Mohammedan] Law”; neither English version’s generic “law of the country” may displace it. Chapter 22 closes the corridor: intestacy custody, trustworthy deposit if no consul, payment to a present heir without interference, handwritten bequest, and consular consideration.

The two tracks of the venue. Chapter 20 seats the consular track: consular judgment with governmental assistance to carry the decision into effect. Chapter 21 seats the Sacred-Law track in the Empire’s domestic tribunal: the qadi renders judgment under the Sharia, the office is present at trial, and the consul does not answer for an escape before judgment. The mixed track is not conceded to consular decision by the English phrase “law of the country”; the Arabic’s own governing-law designation controls. The office’s commissioned allocation also brings cases between Moors and the heirs of the land within that domestic venue without rewriting either treaty witness. Chapter 22 then protects the hereditary estate that remains after judgment: custody, trusted deposit, present-heir delivery, and consideration of the handwritten bequest.

Chapter 20’s assistance term carries the honorary debt of assistance. The hiba is unilateral, permanent, vertical, and non-invertible. Under grant law and trust law, the elements of a trust are present in the hiba: the Emperor is the settlor; the United States is the trustee; Moors, subjects of the Empire of Morocco, are the primary beneficiaries; United States citizens are the derivative beneficiaries; and all twenty-five chapters are the corpus. The primary class holds the original equitable interest and priority; the derivative class takes through the trustee’s administration, and neither that derivative interest nor administrative practice can invert the primary class’s priority. It is therefore a trust with fiduciary duties. The word “trust” need not appear in the instrument, and neither side needs to know or use the trust characterization; the conclusion follows from the elements present. Every chapter remains within the honorary-debt/fiduciary-performance corpus, not a merely contractual option. The developed series application appears in Volume J, The Host and the Guest, ch. 15 and Volume K, The Law of Grants and the Law of Trusts, chs. 1 and 9–10. Chapter 20 makes that duty operational: assistance is owed on the office’s requirement, not extended as charity (Companion-J, §§1.4 and 2.2).

The analyses are cumulative. Mālikī law governs the unilateral sovereign-grant character; grant law and trust law govern the trust and fiduciary consequences. Bilateral treaty-performance analysis remains cumulative and preserves the bilateral form’s floor of obligation, but bilateral form does not convert the hiba into a bilateral bargain. The English bilateral recasting misrepresents the governing instrument and is a fiduciary breach. Chapter 20’s assistance clause remains valid and non-repugnant. Assistance moves the office corridor: as local officials assist Chapter 20 consular decisions, the United States owes corresponding assistance in carrying out Chapter 21 qadi decisions, orders, and judgments. Assistance runs toward the forum holding the decision; it never acquires adjudication, venue, or ownership (Companion-K, The Office Corridor, Part II ch. 5 and Part III ch. 6). The 1952 judgment did not decide the hiba, trust, fiduciary, or repugnancy questions (Companion-I, ch. 10; C21-2026-0001).

The corridor is judicially confirmed: the 1952 judgment, while ending the borrowed capitulatory layer, expressly spared “the special rights under Articles 20 and 21” — the corridor’s first two spans. Walk the corridor word by word below — Chapter 20 at print 206, Chapter 21 at print 207, Chapter 22 at print 208, one folio-page each, in sequence, as the scribe wrote them — then see it operate as the tribunal on the Chapter 21 page.

Chapter 20 of 25

Consular judgment of an offense — assistance from the local pasha’s officials

“If any of the Citizens of the United States, or any Persons under their Protection, shall have any disputes with each other, the Consul shall decide between the Parties and whenever the Consul shall require any Aid or Assistance from our Government to enforce his decisions it shall be immediately granted to him.” — The 1786 carried English of record (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate).

الشرط العشرون انه مهما جنا احد من اهل جنتنا او تحت علمنا جناية فان قنصل جنته يحكم عليه واذا احتاج القنصل الى اصحاب باشا البلاد فيعينه على فعل ذلك

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, Englished Stipulation the twentieth — that whenever one of the people of our nation, or [one] under our flag, commits an offense, the consul of his nation shall judge him; and if the consul needs the officials of the pasha of the place, he shall assist him to do that. Desk rendering, 2026-10-31 — subordinate to the governing Arabic. Bracketed “one” supplies English syntax only, not an Arabic noun; 1786 has no explicit شخص. The written forms جنتنا and جنته are retained and desk-rendered “our nation” / “his nation”; their consonantal transliterations and [W-] flags reserve historical-lexical analysis rather than silently modernizing the spelling.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — Miller, vol. 2, print 206, five physical lines; direct native-facsimile transcription banked 2026-10-31. 1836 second witness — Miller, vol. 4, print 54, seven physical lines, independently transcribed after the sealed reading. Its independent continuous reading is: الشرط العشرون انه مهما جنا احد من اهل جنتنا جناية او تحت علمنا شخص فانه قنصل جنته يحكم عليه واذا احتاج القنصل الى اصحاب باشا البلاد فيعينه على فعل ذلك. 1836 places جناية before the alternate clause and expressly adds شخص after علمنا. The 1786 places جناية after the complete alternate clause and has no شخص; the later noun is not supplied to the governing text. Neither face contains wording meaning “decides between the two sides” or “without delay.” No recension normalizes the other; both English exhibits remain audit objects.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 20 — full page (Miller, vol. 2, print 206; DOR-AF PDF 23).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 20 — full page (Miller, vol. 4, print 54; DOR-AF PDF 73).

Verify jointly: DOR-AF PDF 23 (= print 206) · DOR-AF PDF 73 (= print 54; physical 81) · native, unsharpened review banked 2026-10-31. Public JPGs are display derivatives; registered native PNGs are decisive evidence.

Physical-line audit · 1786 / 1836
Witness and physical line	Arabic	Transliteration	Literal desk gloss or recension audit	Flag
1786 · 1	الشرط العشرون انه	al-sharṭu al-ʿishrūna annahu	“Stipulation the twentieth — that”	[W]
1786 · 2	مهما جنا احد من اهل جنتنا او تحت	mahmā janā aḥadun min ahli jntnā aw taḥta	“whenever one of the people of our nation, or under” — jntnā is the reserved written lexical form	[W] · [W-]
1786 · 3	علمنا جناية فان قنصل جنته يحكم	ʿalaminā janāyatan fa-inna qunṣula jnth yaḥkumu	“our flag, commits an offense, then the consul of his nation shall judge”	[W] · [W-]
1786 · 4	عليه واذا احتاج القنصل الى اصحاب باشا	ʿalayhi wa-idhā iḥtāja al-qunṣulu ilā aṣḥābi bāshā	“him; and if the consul needs the officials of the pasha”	[W]
1786 · 5	البلاد فيعينه على فعل ذلك	al-bilādi fa-yuʿīnuhu ʿalā fiʿli dhālika	“of the place, he shall assist him to do that”	[W]
1836 · 1	الشرط العشرون انه	al-sharṭu al-ʿishrūna annahu	Same chapter heading as 1786	[W]
1836 · 2	مهما جنا احد من اهل جنتنا	mahmā janā aḥadun min ahli jntnā	“whenever one of the people of our nation”	[W] · [W-]
1836 · 3	جناية او تحت علمنا شخص	janāyatan aw taḥta ʿalaminā shakhṣ	“commits an offense, or a person under our flag” — offense fronted; شخص express only here	[W]
1836 · 4	فانه قنصل جنته يحكم	fa-annahu qunṣula jnth yaḥkumu	“then the consul of his nation shall judge”	[W] · [W-]
1836 · 5	عليه واذا احتاج	ʿalayhi wa-idhā iḥtāja	“him; and if [the consul] needs”	[W]
1836 · 6	القنصل الى اصحاب باشا	al-qunṣulu ilā aṣḥābi bāshā	“the consul [needs] the officials of the pasha” — continuation of the same clause	[W]
1836 · 7	البلاد فيعينه على فعل ذلك	al-bilādi fa-yuʿīnuhu ʿalā fiʿli dhālika	Same local-assistance close as 1786	[W]

The Arabic architecture is offense → judgment by the consul of his nation → assistance from the local pasha’s officials when the consul needs it. The carried English’s internal “disputes,” “decide between the parties,” generalized government aid, and “immediately” remain audit renderings, not wording found on either Arabic face. The assistance term is the honorary debt of assistance within the hiba’s sovereign-grant/trust architecture: performance owed on the office’s requirement, not charity. Every chapter participates in that fiduciary performance corpus; here the duty supplies the machinery that moves the office corridor. The United States owes corresponding assistance for Chapter 21 qadi decisions, orders, and judgments—assistance as an arm, never a share in the decision (Volume J, ch. 15; Volume K, chs. 1 and 9–10; Companion-J, §§1.4 and 2.2; Companion-K, Part II ch. 5 and Part III ch. 6). The United States’ chosen English assistance formulation is not repugnant to the essential nature of the hiba; it remains an audit and doctrinal object, not an Arabic reading (Companion-I, ch. 10). CASE OF RECORD (2026-10-24) — the corridor now operates as a live case of record: C21-2026-0001, Honorary-Debt Recovery (Wave A) — alignment notices served 2026-07-09, default instruments served 2026-09-03, case instrument executed 2026-10-16, filed and served 2026-10-23 — the case register, §VIII of the Chapter 21 page. SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: Miller vol. 2, print 206 · Miller vol. 4, print 54 · both verbatim English exhibits · Volume J, ch. 15 · Volume K, chs. 1 and 9–10 · Companion-J, §§1.4 and 2.2 · Companion-K, Part II ch. 5 and Part III ch. 6.

“If any of the citizens of the United States, or any persons under their protection, shall have any dispute with each other, the consul shall decide between the parties; and whenever the consul shall require any aid, or assistance from our Government, to enforce his decisions, it shall be immediately granted to him.” — The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 486 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic note of record: “Disputes between Americans, &c. to be decided by the consul, &c.”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014), certified PDF page 6 / statutory print 486, and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 21 of 25

Judgment by the Sacred Law — the Sharia of the Empire, in the presence of the office

“If a Citizen of the United States should kill or wound a Moor, or on the contrary if a Moor shall kill or wound a Citizen of the United States, the Law of the Country shall take place and equal Justice shall be rendered, the Consul assisting at the Tryal, and if any Delinquent shall make his escape, the Consul shall not be answerable for him in any manner whatever.” — The 1786 carried English of record (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate).

الشرط الواحد والعشرون انه اذا قتل نصراني منهم او بالعكس او جرحه فانه يحكم عليه بالشرع فوق النقص والزيادة وان تكون المحاكمة بحضور القنصل واذا هرب قبل ان يحكم عليه فلا يسال عنه القنصل ولا عن فعله

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, Englished Stipulation the twenty-first — that if a Christian of them has been killed, or the reverse, or [one] has wounded him, then he shall be judged according to the sharia, above decrease and increase, and the trial shall be in the consul’s presence; and if he escapes before he has been judged, the consul shall not be asked about him or about his act. Desk rendering, 2026-10-31 — subordinate to the governing Arabic. The bracketed “one” is English support only. The passive opening, pronouns, and awkward transitions are retained rather than regularized into the carried English’s active American-citizen/Moor construction. “Above decrease and increase” is the literal desk rendering of فوق النقص والزيادة; its idiomatic force remains phrase-level [S].

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — Miller, vol. 2, print 207, six physical lines; direct native-facsimile transcription banked 2026-10-31. 1836 second witness — Miller, vol. 4, print 55, seven physical lines, independently transcribed after the sealed reading. Its independent continuous reading is: الشرط الواحد والعشرون انه اذا قتل نصراني منهم او بالعكس او جرحه فانه يحكم عليه بالشرع لا زيادة ولا نقصان وان تكون المحاكمة بحضور القنصل واذا هرب المجرم قبل ان يحكم عليه فلا يسال عنه القنصل ولا عن فعله. The 1786 measure of judgment is بالشرع فوق النقص والزيادة; 1836 separately reads بالشرع لا زيادة ولا نقصان. In the escape clause, 1836 expressly adds المجرم after هرب; 1786 has no explicit offender-noun there. The later noun and recast measure are not supplied to 1786. No recension normalizes the other; both English exhibits remain audit objects.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 21 — full page (Miller, vol. 2, print 207; DOR-AF PDF 24).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 21 — full page (Miller, vol. 4, print 55; DOR-AF PDF 74).

Verify jointly: DOR-AF PDF 24 (= print 207) · DOR-AF PDF 74 (= print 55; physical 82) · native, unsharpened review banked 2026-10-31. Public JPGs are display derivatives; registered native PNGs are decisive evidence.

Physical-line audit · 1786 / 1836
Witness and physical line	Arabic	Transliteration	Literal desk gloss or recension audit	Flag
1786 · 1	الشرط الواحد والعشرون	al-sharṭu al-wāḥidu wa-l-ʿishrūna	“Stipulation the twenty-first”	[W]
1786 · 2	انه اذا قتل نصراني منهم او بالعكس او	annahu idhā qutila naṣrāniyyun minhum aw bi-l-ʿaksi aw	“that if a Christian of them has been killed, or the reverse, or” — passive and actor wording retained	[W]
1786 · 3	جرحه فانه يحكم عليه بالشرع فوق النقص	jaraḥahu fa-annahu yuḥkamu ʿalayhi bi-l-sharʿi fawqa al-naqṣi	“[one] has wounded him, then he shall be judged according to the sharia, above decrease” — idiomatic force reserved	[W] · [S]
1786 · 4	والزيادة وان تكون المحاكمة	wa-l-ziyādati wa-an takūna al-muḥākamatu	“and increase, and the trial shall be”	[W]
1786 · 5	بحضور القنصل واذا هرب قبل ان يحكم	bi-ḥuḍūri al-qunṣuli wa-idhā haraba qabla an yuḥkama	“in the consul’s presence; and if he escapes before he has been judged” — no explicit offender-noun	[W]
1786 · 6	عليه فلا يسال عنه القنصل ولا عن فعله	ʿalayhi fa-lā yusʾalu ʿanhu al-qunṣulu wa-lā ʿan fiʿlihi	“the consul shall not be asked about him or about his act”	[W]
1836 · 1	الشرط الواحد والعشرون	al-sharṭu al-wāḥidu wa-l-ʿishrūna	Same chapter heading as 1786	[W]
1836 · 2	انه اذا قتل نصراني منهم او بالعكس	annahu idhā qutila naṣrāniyyun minhum aw bi-l-ʿaksi	Same Christian/reverse opening; no American-citizen/Moor wording	[W]
1836 · 3	او جرحه فانه يحكم عليه بالشرع	aw jaraḥahu fa-annahu yuḥkamu ʿalayhi bi-l-sharʿi	“or [one] has wounded him, then he shall be judged according to the sharia”	[W]
1836 · 4	لا زيادة ولا نقصان وان تكون المحاكمة	lā ziyādata wa-lā naqṣāna wa-an takūna al-muḥākamatu	“no increase and no decrease, and the trial shall be” — 1836 recensional measure	[W]
1836 · 5	بحضور القنصل واذا هرب المجرم	bi-ḥuḍūri al-qunṣuli wa-idhā haraba al-mujrim	“in the consul’s presence; and if the offender escapes” — المجرم express only in 1836	[W]
1836 · 6	قبل ان يحكم عليه فلا يسال عنه	qabla an yuḥkama ʿalayhi fa-lā yusʾalu ʿanhu	“before he has been judged, [the consul] shall not be asked about him”	[W]
1836 · 7	القنصل ولا عن فعله	al-qunṣulu wa-lā ʿan fiʿlihi	“the consul [shall not be asked] about his act” — same non-responsibility close	[W]

The governing law is Sharia — the Sacred [Mohammedan] Law, not an unnamed “law of the country.” The Miller volume 2 plate (1786, print 207) reads يحكم عليه بالشرع فوق النقص والزيادة; the Miller volume 4 plate (1836, print 55) independently reads يحكم عليه بالشرع لا زيادة ولا نقصان. The carried 1786 English and the LoC-certified 1836 English both substitute “law of the country” and “equal justice”; neither expresses the Sacred-Law designation. Snouck Hurgronje’s literal restores that designation in English as “the rules of the Sacred [Mohammedan] Law” and immediately pronounces, “[The redaction of Article 21 is extremely inept.]” His note says “redaction”; the omission in the two English versions is established independently by their side-by-side comparison with both Arabic plates. [Mohammedan] is Hurgronje’s bracketed identification of which Sacred Law is meant, not an additional Arabic word. The governing text also names a Christian of them, the reverse, trial in the consul’s presence, escape before judgment, and consular non-responsibility. That Sacred-Law designation, with the office present at trial, is the treaty basis for the Empire’s domestic-tribunal track; neither consular presence nor Chapter 20 assistance transfers the qadi’s judgment to the grantee. “Delinquent” and “in any Manner whatever” remain English-audit formulations rather than silent Arabic supplies. SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: both Arabic plates · both verbatim English exhibits · Hurgronje’s literal and note at Miller vol. 2, print 223 · the dual-witness transcription and source reconciliation of record, 2026-10-31.

“If a citizen of the United States should kill or wound a Moor, or, on the contrary, if a Moor shall kill or wound a citizen of the United States, the law of the country shall take place, and equal justice shall be rendered, the consul assisting at the trial; and if any delinquent shall make his escape, the consul shall not be answerable for him in any manner whatever.” — The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 486 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic note of record: “Killing, &c. punishable by the law of the country.”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014), certified PDF page 6 / statutory print 486, and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

“The twenty-first article is that if there has been killed a Christian out of them or the reverse [sic] or has wounded him [sic], then he will be sentenced according to the rules of the Sacred [Mohammedan] Law, neither more nor less, and the trial is to take place in the presence of the Consul. If the delinquent escapes before having been sentenced, the Consul shall not be held responsible for him nor for the crime he committed. [The redaction of Article 21 is extremely inept.]” — C. Snouck Hurgronje’s literal English and immediately following bracketed note, printed in Miller’s apparatus, vol. 2, print 223 (DOR-AF PDF 40). This is a translation witness, not an Arabic arbiter. [Mohammedan] is Hurgronje’s own bracketed gloss identifying which Sacred Law is meant; it is not an additional word on either Arabic plate.

Chapter 22 of 25

Estate custody — present-heir delivery — handwritten testament

“If an American Citizen shall die in our Country and no Will shall appear, the Consul shall take possession of his Effects, and if there shall be no Consul, the Effects shall be deposited in the hands of some Person worthy of Trust, untill the Party shall appear who has a Right to demand them, but if the Heir to the Person deceased be present, the Property shall be delivered to him without interruption; and if a Will shall appear, the Property shall descend agreeable to that Will, as soon as the Consul shall declare the Validity thereof.” — The 1786 carried English of record (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate).

الشرط الثاني والعشرون انه متى مات احد من رعايا المركنيش في بلادنا ولم يظهر منه وصية فان قنصلهم يقوم مقامه على تركته ومتاعه وان لم يكن قنصل توضع الاموال عند شخص امين حتى يظهر من له حق المطالبة بها واذا كان له وارث حاضر تدفع الاموال اليه من غير ان يتعرض له احد وان اوصى بخط يده والقنصل ينظر في الغرض

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, Englished Stipulation the twenty-second — that when one of the subjects of the Americans dies in our country and no will from him appears, their consul shall stand in his place over his estate and his goods; and if there is no consul, the property shall be placed with a trustworthy person until one appears who has the right to claim it. And if he has an heir present, the property shall be paid to him without anyone interfering with him; and if he bequeaths by his own handwriting, the consul shall consider the matter. Desk rendering, 2026-10-31 — subordinate to the governing Arabic. The final sentence is deliberately compressed because the sealed Arabic proceeds directly from وان اوصى بخط يده to والقنصل ينظر في الغرض. The 1836 payment phrase and the English validity declaration are not imported; the legal and syntactic force of this transition remains phrase-level [S].

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — Miller, vol. 2, print 208, nine physical lines; direct native-facsimile transcription banked 2026-10-31. The complete uncut page was checked: the short ninth line closes the chapter, and print 209 opens Chapter 23 directly. 1836 second witness — Miller, vol. 4, print 56, ten physical lines, independently transcribed after the sealed reading. Its independent continuous reading is: الشرط الثاني والعشرون انه متى مات احد من رعايا المركنيش في بلادنا ولم يظهر منه وصية فان الذي ينوب عنه يقوم على تركته ومتاعه وان لم يكن قنصل توضع الاموال عند شخص امين حتى يظهر من له حق المطالبة بها واذا كان له وارث حاضر تدفع الاموال اليه من غير ان يتعرض له احد وان اوصى بخط يده الى شخص يدفع المال اليه والقنصل ينظر في الغرض. For initial custody, 1786 reads فان قنصلهم يقوم مقامه على تركته ومتاعه, while 1836 reads فان الذي ينوب عنه يقوم على تركته ومتاعه. Both contain the trustworthy-deposit and present-heir rules. After بخط يده, only 1836 expressly adds الى شخص يدفع المال اليه before the consular conclusion; that phrase is confined to the second witness. No recension normalizes the other; both English exhibits remain audit objects.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 22 — full page (Miller, vol. 2, print 208; DOR-AF PDF 25).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 22 — full page (Miller, vol. 4, print 56; DOR-AF PDF 75).

Verify jointly: DOR-AF PDF 25 (= print 208) · DOR-AF PDF 75 (= print 56; physical 83) · native, unsharpened review banked 2026-10-31. Public JPGs are display derivatives; registered native PNGs are decisive evidence.

Physical-line audit · 1786 / 1836
Witness and physical line	Arabic	Transliteration	Literal desk gloss or recension audit	Flag
1786 · 1	الشرط الثاني والعشرون	al-sharṭu ath-thānī wa-l-ʿishrūna	“Stipulation the twenty-second”	[W]
1786 · 2	انه متى مات احد من رعايا المركنيش	annahu matā māta aḥadun min raʿāyā al-Markanīsh	“that when one of the subjects of the Americans dies”	[W]
1786 · 3	في بلادنا ولم يظهر منه وصية فان قنصلهم	fī bilādinā wa-lam yaẓhar minhu waṣiyyatun fa-inna qunṣulahum	“in our country and no will from him appears, their consul”	[W]
1786 · 4	يقوم مقامه على تركته ومتاعه	yaqūmu maqāmahu ʿalā tarikatihi wa-matāʿihi	“shall stand in his place over his estate and his goods” — 1786 names the consul	[W]
1786 · 5	وان لم يكن قنصل توضع الاموال عند شخص	wa-in lam yakun qunṣulun tūḍaʿu al-amwālu ʿinda shakhṣin	“and if there is no consul, the property shall be placed with a person”	[W]
1786 · 6	امين حتى يظهر من له حق المطالبة بها	amīnin ḥattā yaẓhara man lahu ḥaqqu al-muṭālabati bihā	“trustworthy, until one appears who has the right to claim it”	[W]
1786 · 7	واذا كان له وارث حاضر تدفع الاموال اليه	wa-idhā kāna lahu wārithun ḥāḍirun tudfaʿu al-amwālu ilayhi	“and if he has an heir present, the property shall be paid to him”	[W]
1786 · 8	من غير ان يتعرض له احد وان اوصى بخط يده	min ghayri an yataʿarraḍa lahu aḥadun wa-in awṣā bi-khaṭṭi yadihi	“without anyone interfering with him; and if he bequeaths by his own handwriting” — compressed transition reserved	[W] · [S]
1786 · 9	والقنصل ينظر في الغرض	wa-l-qunṣulu yanẓuru fī al-gharaḍi	“and the consul shall consider the matter” — not an express validity declaration	[W]
1836 · 1	الشرط الثاني والعشرون انه متى	al-sharṭu ath-thānī wa-l-ʿishrūna annahu matā	“Stipulation the twenty-second — that when”	[W]
1836 · 2	مات احد من رعايا المركنيش	māta aḥadun min raʿāyā al-Markanīsh	Same death clause as 1786	[W]
1836 · 3	في بلادنا ولم يظهر منه وصية	fī bilādinā wa-lam yaẓhar minhu waṣiyyatun	Same country and no-will wording as 1786	[W]
1836 · 4	فان الذي ينوب عنه يقوم على تركته ومتاعه	fa-inna alladhī yanūbu ʿanhu yaqūmu ʿalā tarikatihi wa-matāʿihi	“the one who represents him shall take charge of his estate and his goods” — 1836 custodian variant	[W]
1836 · 5	وان لم يكن قنصل توضع الاموال عند شخص	wa-in lam yakun qunṣulun tūḍaʿu al-amwālu ʿinda shakhṣin	Same no-consul deposit wording as 1786	[W]
1836 · 6	امين حتى يظهر من له حق المطالبة بها	amīnin ḥattā yaẓhara man lahu ḥaqqu al-muṭālabati bihā	Same trustworthy-person and rightful-claimant wording	[W]
1836 · 7	واذا كان له وارث حاضر تدفع	wa-idhā kāna lahu wārithun ḥāḍirun tudfaʿu	“and if he has an heir present, [the property] shall be paid”	[W]
1836 · 8	الاموال اليه من غير ان يتعرض له احد	al-amwālu ilayhi min ghayri an yataʿarraḍa lahu aḥadun	“the property to him without anyone interfering with him”	[W]
1836 · 9	وان اوصى بخط يده الى شخص يدفع المال اليه والقنصل	wa-in awṣā bi-khaṭṭi yadihi ilā shakhṣin yudfaʿu al-mālu ilayhi wa-l-qunṣulu	“and if he bequeaths by his own handwriting to a person, the money shall be paid to him, and the consul” — payment phrase express only in 1836	[W]
1836 · 10	ينظر في الغرض	yanẓuru fī al-gharaḍi	“shall consider the matter” — same consular conclusion	[W]

The corridor closes by protecting the estate and the heir, not by abandoning the decedent’s property to uncertainty. The complete Arabic rule is intestacy custody → trustworthy deposit if no consul → payment to a present heir without interference → handwritten bequest → consular consideration. Each protection answers a different contingency: the consul stands over the estate when no will appears; a trustworthy person holds it when no consul is present; a present heir receives the property without anyone interfering; and a handwritten bequest comes under consular consideration. The 1786 and 1836 custodian clauses differ, and only 1836 expressly says الى شخص يدفع المال اليه. The carried English’s “Property shall descend” and “Consul shall declare the Validity” remain legal-English audit renderings, not supplies for the compressed 1786 close. SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: Miller vol. 2, print 208 · Miller vol. 4, print 56 · both verbatim English exhibits · the independent physical-line collation banked 2026-10-31.

“If an American citizen shall die in our country, and no will shall appear, the consul shall take possession of his effects; and if there shall be no consul, the effects shall be deposited in the hands of some person worthy of trust, until the party shall appear who has a right to demand them; but if the heir to the person deceased be present, the property shall be delivered to him without interruption; and if a will shall appear the property shall descend agreeably to that will, as soon as the consul shall declare the validity thereof.” — The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 486 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic note of record: “Persons dying intestate; care of their effects.”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014), certified PDF page 6 / statutory print 486, and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 23 of 25

Consuls' privileges — no liability without written promise

الباب الثالث والعشرون ان القناصل يسكنون في اي بندر من بنادق بلادنا ارتضوها ارتضوها ويحترمون ويحظون بكل ما يحظى به قناصل الامم الاخرين وان كان احد من رعاياهم له معاملة مع مسلم في مال ويضيعه لا يطالب بذلك القنصل الا اذا كان القنصل اعطى اليه كتابا بذلك فعند ذلك يجب الوفاء به والا لم يتعرض له بطلب شيء من القناصل

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, Englished Chapter the Twenty-third — That the consuls are to reside in any port of our dominions that they choose—they choose—and they are to be respected and enjoy everything that the consuls of the other nations enjoy. And if one of their subjects has dealings with a Muslim concerning money and he causes it to be lost, the consul is not to be held liable for that, unless the consul has given him a writing concerning it; then it must be fulfilled. Otherwise, no demand for anything is to be made of the consuls. Desk rendering, 2026-10-28 — subordinate in all things to the Arabic above. Every orthographic seat is facsimile-verified; no transcription seat remains open. The repeated “they choose” records the sealed face’s two visible occurrences of ارتضوها across a line break; it is not an editorial duplication and is not silently deleted. In “he causes it to be lost,” the Arabic does not restate the actor, so the desk rendering does not assign the act to either named participant.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — print 209, nine lines; transcribed from the facsimile of record and plate-verified entire 2026-10-28. Every orthographic seat is ruled. The 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 57 — fresh collation of record 2026-10-28, ten lines, every orthographic seat ruled) carries a related recension: الباب الثالث والعشرون ان القناصل يسكنون في اي بندر من بنادق بلادنا ارتضوها ويحترمون ويحظون بكل ما يحظى به قناصل الامم الاخرين وان كان احد من رعاياهم له معاملة مع مسلم في مال ويضيعه لا يطالب بذلك القنصل الا اذا كان القنصل اعطى له كتابا بذلك فعند ذلك يجب الوفاء به والا لم يتعرض له بطلب شيء من القناصل. Divergences of record: the sealed face reads ارتضوها ارتضوها across the end of line 2 and beginning of line 3, while 1836 has ارتضوها once; and the sealed writing clause reads اعطى اليه, while 1836 separately reads اعطى له. No recension normalizes the other. The Leiden literal independently carries dealings with a Moslem concerning money and causing it to be lost; it is a translation witness only and supplies no Arabic wording, repetition, or lineation.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 23 (Miller, vol. 2, print 209; DOR-AF PDF 26). — The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 23 — full page (Miller, vol. 2, print 209; DOR-AF PDF 26).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 23 (Miller, vol. 4, print 57; DOR-AF PDF 76). — The 1836 recordation, Chapter 23 — full page (Miller, vol. 4, print 57; DOR-AF PDF 76).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 26 (= print 209) · DOR-AF PDF 76 (= print 57).

The audit at a glance — the Arabic of record, its rendering, and the carried English beside it
Arabic of record	Transliteration	Rendering of the Arabic	The carried English under audit	Flag
الباب الثالث والعشرون ان القناصل يسكنون في اي بندر من بنادق بلادنا	al-bābu th-thālithu wa-l-ʿishrūna inna l-qunāṣila yaskunūna fī ayyi bandarin min banādiqi bilādinā	“Chapter the Twenty-third — That the consuls are to reside in any port of our dominions” — residence and the ports of our dominions are express	“The Consuls of the United States of America shall reside in any Sea Port of our Dominions” — a close functional correspondence; the article title is not carried separately	[W]
ارتضوها ارتضوها	irtaḍawhā irtaḍawhā	“they choose—they choose” — both occurrences are visible on the sealed face across the line break and are retained; 1836 has the word once	“that they shall think proper” — one choice formula; the carried does not reproduce the sealed repetition	[W]
ويحترمون ويحظون بكل ما يحظى به قناصل الامم الاخرين	wa-yuḥtarimūna wa-yaḥẓawna bi-kulli mā yaḥẓā bihi qunāṣilu l-umami l-ākharīna	“and they are to be respected and enjoy everything that the consuls of the other nations enjoy” — respect and equal enjoyment are express	“And they shall be respected and enjoy all the Privileges which the Consuls of any other Nation enjoy” — respect and consular privileges broadly correspond	[W]
وان كان احد من رعاياهم له معاملة مع مسلم في مال	wa-in kāna aḥadun min raʿāyāhum lahu muʿāmalatun maʿa muslimin fī mālin	“And if one of their subjects has dealings with a Muslim concerning money” — the subject, the Muslim counterparty, the dealing, and money are express	“and if any of the Citizens of the United States shall contract any Debts or engagements” — the carried generalizes the sealed money-dealing clause and omits its express Muslim counterparty	[W]
ويضيعه لا يطالب بذلك القنصل	wa-yuḍīʿuhu lā yuṭālabu bi-dhālika l-qunṣulu	“and he causes it to be lost, the consul is not to be held liable for that” — the loss and the consular non-liability are express; the actor is not restated in the Arabic	“the Consul shall not be in any Manner accountable for them” — non-liability broadly corresponds, but the carried has no express counterpart to the sealed loss verb	[W]
الا اذا كان القنصل اعطى اليه كتابا بذلك	illā idhā kāna l-qunṣulu aʿṭā ilayhi kitāban bi-dhālika	“unless the consul has given him a writing concerning it” — the writing exception is express; sealed اليه is retained, with 1836 له collated separately	“unless he shall have given a Promise in writing” — the writing corresponds, while “Promise” is the carried English’s express formulation rather than a separate Arabic noun here	[W]
فعند ذلك يجب الوفاء به والا لم يتعرض له بطلب شيء من القناصل	fa-ʿinda dhālika yajibu l-wafāʾu bihi wa-illā lam yataʿarraḍ lahu bi-ṭalabi shayʾin min al-qunāṣili	“then it must be fulfilled. Otherwise, no demand for anything is to be made of the consuls” — fulfillment after the writing and the contrary bar on demands are express	“for the payment or fulfilling thereof, without which promise in Writing no Application to him for any redress shall be made” — fulfillment and no application broadly correspond; “redress” is not a separate Arabic noun in this close	[W]

The 1786 architecture is: consular residence in our ports → the sealed repeated choice word → respect and the privileges of other nations’ consuls → a subject’s money-dealing with a Muslim → loss → no consular liability unless the consul gives a writing → fulfillment then due → otherwise no demand of the consuls. The carried English’s generalized “Debts or engagements,” “Promise,” and “redress” formulations remain audit objects, not supplies for the Arabic. The 1836 single occurrence of ارتضوها and its له remain second-witness variants; neither silently edits the sealed standard. SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: the volumes of record (Companion-I, the gateway framework) · the transcription of record, 2026-10-28.

“The Consuls of the United States of America shall reside in any Sea Port of our Dominions that they shall think proper; And they shall be respected and enjoy all the Privileges which the Consuls of any other Nation enjoy, and if any of the Citizens of the United States shall contract any Debts or engagements, the Consul shall not be in any Manner accountable for them, unless he shall have given a Promise in writing for the payment or fulfilling thereof, without which promise in Writing no Application to him for any redress shall be made.” — The 1786 carried English of record (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate).

“The consul of the United States of America, shall reside in any seaport of our dominions that they shall think proper: and they shall be respected, and enjoy all the privileges which the consuls of any other nation enjoy: and if any of the citizens of the United States shall contract any debts or engagements, the consul shall not be in any manner accountable for them, unless he shall have given a promise in writing for the payment or fulfilling thereof; without which promise in writing, no application to him for any redress shall be made.” — The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 486 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic note of record: “Residence of consul. [It is generally at Tangier.]”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014), certified PDF page 6 / statutory print 486, and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 24 of 25

Peaceful request and equitable judgment — nine months — parity of indulgences

“If any differences shall arise by either Party infringing on any of the Articles of this Treaty, Peace and Harmony shall remain notwithstanding in the fullest force, untill a friendly Application shall be made for an Arrangement, and untill that Application shall be rejected, no appeal shall be made to Arms. And if a War shall break out between the Parties, Nine Months shall be granted to all the Subjects of both Parties, to dispose of their Effects and retire with their Property. And it is further declared that whatever indulgences in Trade or otherwise shall be granted to any of the Christian Powers, the Citizens of the United States shall be equally entitled to them.” — The 1786 carried English of record (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate).

الشرط الرابع والعشرون انه متى تباين احد الطرفين شيء من شروط هذا الصلح يبقى الصلح والمودة بينهما على حالهما وكمالهما الى ان يطلب منهما على ما فيهما بالصلح ويحكم بينهما بالانصاف فان لم يجيبوا الى الصلح فلا مانع من وقوع الحرب بينهما ويمهل كل واحد منهما تسعة اشهر ويرحل رعايا كل واحد منهما باموالهم واملاكهم الى حيث شاؤا واعلن انه كل امتياز في التجارة او غيرها تعطى لاحد ممالك النصارى اعطى مثله اهل امريكا بالسوية

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, Englished Stipulation the twenty-fourth — that whenever one of the two sides differs over any of the stipulations of this peace, the peace and amity shall remain between them in their state and their fullness until request is made of them concerning what is between them by way of peace, and there is judgment between them with equity. If they do not answer the peace, there is no bar to war occurring between them; and each of them shall be granted nine months, and the subjects of each of them shall depart with their wealth and their properties to wherever they wish. And it is declared that every indulgence in trade or otherwise given to any of the Christian kingdoms, the people of America shall be given the like of it equally. Desk rendering, 2026-10-31 — subordinate to the governing Arabic. “Request is made,” “there is judgment,” and “shall be granted” retain contextual passive sense without claiming an express named agent; voice/agent in the request, judgment, respite, and second giving verb remains phrase-level [S]. امتياز is desk-glossed “indulgence”; its written form is closed, while its wider historical-legal taxonomy remains [W-].

1786 treaty-form witness B — the governing Arabic face for this chapter — folio ٢٤, Miller, vol. 2, print 210, thirteen physical lines; direct native-facsimile transcription banked 2026-10-31. Sealed-book witness A closes at folio ٢٠ with تم الكتاب and contains no Chapter 24; the two witnesses are not conflated. 1836 second witness — Miller, vol. 4, print 58, fourteen physical lines, independently transcribed after the governing face. Its independent continuous reading is: الشرط الرابع والعشرون انه متى نازع احد الطرفين بامر لزمه فيه شيء من شروط هذا الصلح يبقى الصلح والمودة بينهما على حالهما وكمالهما الى ان يطلب منهما على ما فيهما بالصلح ويحكم بينهما بالانصاف فان لم يجيبوا الى الصلح فلا مانع من وقوع الحرب بينهما ويمهل كل واحد منهما تسعة اشهر ويرحل رعايا كل واحد منهما باموالهم واملاكهم الى حيث شاؤا واعلن انه كل امتياز في التجارة او غيرها تعطى لاحد ممالك النصارى اعطى مثله اهل امريكا بالسوية. 1786 opens with تباين احد الطرفين شيء من شروط هذا الصلح. The 1836 instead reads نازع احد الطرفين بامر لزمه فيه شيء من شروط هذا الصلح, replacing the verb and adding بامر لزمه فيه; that addition belongs only to 1836. Both faces expressly carry the full peace, equitable-judgment, plural non-answer, respite, departure, and parity wording. Chapter 24 is complete on each Arabic face; no Arabic continuation plate is required. No recension normalizes the other; both English exhibits remain audit objects.

The 1786 treaty-form witness B, Chapter 24, folio ٢٤ — full page (Miller, vol. 2, print 210; DOR-AF PDF 27).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 24 — full page (Miller, vol. 4, print 58; DOR-AF PDF 77).

Verify jointly: DOR-AF PDF 27 (= print 210, folio ٢٤) · DOR-AF PDF 77 (= print 58; physical 85) · native, unsharpened review banked 2026-10-31. Public JPGs are display derivatives; registered native PNGs are decisive evidence.

Physical-line audit · 1786 / 1836
Witness and physical line	Arabic	Transliteration	Literal desk gloss or recension audit	Flag
1786 · 1	الشرط الرابع والعشرون	al-sharṭu ar-rābiʿu wa-l-ʿishrūna	“Stipulation the twenty-fourth”	[W]
1786 · 2	انه متى تباين احد الطرفين شيء من شروط	annahu matā tabāyana aḥadu al-ṭarafayni shayʾan min shurūṭi	“that whenever one of the two sides differs over any of the stipulations of”	[W]
1786 · 3	هذا الصلح يبقى الصلح والمودة بينهما	hādhā al-ṣulḥi yabqā al-ṣulḥu wa-l-mawaddatu baynahumā	“this peace, the peace and amity shall remain between them”	[W]
1786 · 4	على حالهما وكمالهما الى ان يطلب منهما	ʿalā ḥālihimā wa-kamālihimā ilā an yuṭlaba minhumā	“in their state and their fullness until request is made of them” — request voice/agent reserved	[W] · [S]
1786 · 5	على ما فيهما بالصلح ويحكم بينهما	ʿalā mā fīhimā bi-l-ṣulḥi wa-yuḥkama baynahumā	“concerning what is between them by way of peace, and there is judgment between them” — judgment voice/agent reserved	[W] · [S]
1786 · 6	بالانصاف فان لم يجيبوا الى الصلح فلا	bi-l-inṣāfi fa-in lam yujībū ilā al-ṣulḥi fa-lā	“with equity; if they do not answer the peace, then no” — plural non-answer is express	[W]
1786 · 7	مانع من وقوع الحرب بينهما ويمهل	māniʿa min wuqūʿi al-ḥarbi baynahumā wa-yumhala	“bar to war occurring between them; and [each] shall be granted” — respite voice reserved	[W] · [S]
1786 · 8	كل واحد منهما تسعة اشهر ويرحل	kullu wāḥidin minhumā tisʿata ashhurin wa-yarḥala	“each of them nine months, and shall depart”	[W]
1786 · 9	رعايا كل واحد منهما باموالهم	raʿāyā kulli wāḥidin minhumā bi-amwālihim	“the subjects of each of them with their wealth”	[W]
1786 · 10	واملاكهم الى حيث شاؤا واعلن	wa-amlākihim ilā ḥaythu shāʾū wa-uʿlina	“and their properties to wherever they wish; and it is declared”	[W]
1786 · 11	انه كل امتياز في التجارة او غيرها	annahu kulla imtiyāzin fī al-tijārati aw ghayrihā	“that every indulgence in trade or otherwise” — written form closed; taxonomy reserved	[W] · [W-]
1786 · 12	تعطى لاحد ممالك النصارى اعطى	tuʿṭā li-aḥadi mamāliki al-naṣārā ʿṭy	“given to any of the Christian kingdoms; given” — second giving verb’s voice/modal force reserved	[W] · [S]
1786 · 13	مثله اهل امريكا بالسوية	mithlahu ahlu Amrīkā bi-l-sawiyyati	“the like of it, the people of America, equally”	[W]
1836 · 1	الشرط الرابع والعشرون انه متى	al-sharṭu ar-rābiʿu wa-l-ʿishrūna annahu matā	“Stipulation the twenty-fourth — that whenever”	[W]
1836 · 2	نازع احد الطرفين بامر لزمه فيه	nāzaʿa aḥadu al-ṭarafayni bi-amrin lazimahu fīhi	“one of the two sides disputes over a matter incumbent upon him in which” — 1836-only matter/incumbency wording	[W]
1836 · 3	شيء من شروط هذا الصلح يبقى الصلح	shayʾan min shurūṭi hādhā al-ṣulḥi yabqā al-ṣulḥu	“there is any of the stipulations of this peace, the peace shall remain”	[W]
1836 · 4	والمودة بينهما على حالهما وكمالهما	wa-l-mawaddatu baynahumā ʿalā ḥālihimā wa-kamālihimā	“and amity between them in their state and their fullness”	[W]
1836 · 5	الى ان يطلب منهما على ما فيهما	ilā an yuṭlaba minhumā ʿalā mā fīhimā	“until request is made of them concerning what is between them” — request voice/agent reserved	[W] · [S]
1836 · 6	بالصلح ويحكم بينهما بالانصاف	bi-l-ṣulḥi wa-yuḥkama baynahumā bi-l-inṣāfi	“by way of peace, and there is judgment between them with equity” — judgment voice/agent reserved	[W] · [S]
1836 · 7	فان لم يجيبوا الى الصلح فلا مانع	fa-in lam yujībū ilā al-ṣulḥi fa-lā māniʿa	“if they do not answer the peace, there is no bar” — plural non-answer	[W]
1836 · 8	من وقوع الحرب بينهما ويمهل	min wuqūʿi al-ḥarbi baynahumā wa-yumhala	“to war occurring between them; and [each] shall be granted” — respite voice reserved	[W] · [S]
1836 · 9	كل واحد منهما تسعة اشهر ويرحل	kullu wāḥidin minhumā tisʿata ashhurin wa-yarḥala	Same nine-month and departure wording as 1786	[W]
1836 · 10	رعايا كل واحد منهما باموالهم	raʿāyā kulli wāḥidin minhumā bi-amwālihim	Same subjects-with-wealth wording as 1786	[W]
1836 · 11	واملاكهم الى حيث شاؤا واعلن	wa-amlākihim ilā ḥaythu shāʾū wa-uʿlina	Same properties, destination, and declaration wording as 1786	[W]
1836 · 12	انه كل امتياز في التجارة او غيرها	annahu kulla imtiyāzin fī al-tijārati aw ghayrihā	Same singular every-indulgence wording; taxonomy reserved	[W] · [W-]
1836 · 13	تعطى لاحد ممالك النصارى اعطى	tuʿṭā li-aḥadi mamāliki al-naṣārā ʿṭy	Same Christian-kingdoms recipient and second giving verb; voice/modal force reserved	[W] · [S]
1836 · 14	مثله اهل امريكا بالسوية	mithlahu ahlu Amrīkā bi-l-sawiyyati	Same like-of-it, people-of-America, equally close	[W]

The Arabic architecture is difference over a stipulation → peace and amity remain in their state and fullness → request concerning the matter by way of peace → judgment between the two sides with equity → if they do not answer the peace, no bar to war → nine months → subjects depart with wealth and properties to wherever they wish → parity of every indulgence given to any Christian kingdom. Both Arabic faces read the plural فان لم يجيبوا الى الصلح, not a singular-refusal paraphrase. “no appeal … to Arms” has no separate Arabic nouns “appeal” or “arms.” Both Arabic faces have singular كل امتياز; the English indulgences/indulgence number difference remains an English-audit collation.

“If any differences shall arise by either party infringing on any of the articles of this treaty, peace and harmony shall remain notwithstanding, in the fullest force, until a friendly application shall be made for an arrangement; and until that application shall be rejected, no appeal shall be made to arms. And if a war shall break out between the parties, nine months shall be granted to all the subjects of both parties, to dispose of their effects and retire with their property. And it is further declared, that whatever indulgence, in trade or otherwise, shall be granted to any of the Christian Powers, the citizens of the United States shall be equally entitled to them.” — The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 486–487 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic notes of record: “No appeal to arms until refusal of friendly arrangement.” and “In case of war, nine months allowed to settle affairs, &c.”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014), certified PDF pages 6–7 / statutory prints 486–487, and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

Chapter 25 of 25

The fifty-year duration — and the 1836 notice recension

الشرط الخامس والعشرون — أنه هذا الصلح يبقى مستمرا بقدرة الله تعالى وقوته مدة خمسين سنة.

Rendering of the Arabic of record — the standard, Englished Stipulation the Twenty-fifth — That this peace remains continuing by the power of God, exalted is He, and His strength, for a period of fifty years. Desk rendering, 2026-10-31 — subordinate in all things to the sealed Arabic above. No wording or syntax is supplied from the 1836 Arabic or any English exhibit.

1786 sealed book — the standard of record — Miller vol. 2, print 211, three physical lines for Article 25; freshly transcribed and independently collated 2026-10-31 against the directly extracted native 5,250 × 7,960 facsimile. Every orthographic seat is [W]. The face reads يبقى مستمرا and بقدرة الله تعالى وقوته; it does not read يدوم, دائماً, or بقادرية الله, and the sealed clause has no إن شاء الله. Physical line 4 begins the separate delivery/attestation close and supplies no wording to Article 25. The independent 1836 second witness (Miller, vol. 4, print 59; eight physical lines; every orthographic seat [W]) reads: الشرط الخامس والعشرون — أنه هذا الصلح يبقى مستمرا إن شاء الله بحول الله وقوته مدة خمسين سنة وتكون مدة الصلح جارى على القانون المجاز حتى يخبر أحد الجانبين الاخر بأنه قد يريد سنة بأن مراده قطعه فحينئذ ينقطع بعد تمام تلك السنة. Its إن شاء الله, بحول الله, and twenty-five-token notice continuation are recension differences of record, never silent supplies for 1786. Print 64 is the printed English Article 25 audit face; prints 60, 63, and 65 are English translation/editorial boundaries, not additional Arabic plates.

The 1786 sealed book, Chapter 25 (Miller, vol. 2, print 211; DOR-AF PDF 28).

The 1836 recordation, Chapter 25 (Miller, vol. 4, print 59; DOR-AF PDF 78).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 28 (= Miller vol. 2, print 211) · DOR-AF PDF 78 (= Miller vol. 4, print 59). English audit boundary: Miller vol. 4, print 64.

Physical-line audit · 1786 / 1836
Witness · physical line	Arabic	Transliteration	Literal desk gloss / recension audit	Flag
1786 sealed · 1	الشرط الخامس والعشرون	ash-sharṭu al-khāmisa wa-l-ʿishrūna	Stipulation the Twenty-fifth	[W]
1786 sealed · 2	أنه هذا الصلح يبقى مستمرا بقدرة الله	annahu hādhā aṣ-ṣulḥu yabqā mustamirran bi-qudrati Allāhi	That this peace remains continuing by the power of God	[W]
1786 sealed · 3	تعالى وقوته مدة خمسين سنة	taʿālā wa-quwwatihi muddata khamsīna sanatin	exalted is He, and His strength, for a period of fifty years	[W]
1836 second · 1	الشرط الخامس والعشرون	ash-sharṭu al-khāmisa wa-l-ʿishrūna	Stipulation the Twenty-fifth	[W]
1836 second · 2	أنه هذا الصلح يبقى مستمرا إن	annahu hādhā aṣ-ṣulḥu yabqā mustamirran in	That this peace remains continuing, if	[W]
1836 second · 3	شاء الله بحول الله وقوته	shāʾa Allāhu bi-ḥawli Allāhi wa-quwwatihi	God wills, by the power of God and His strength — 1836 recension	[W]
1836 second · 4	مدة خمسين سنة وتكون مدة	muddata khamsīna sanatin wa-takūnu muddata	for a period of fifty years; and the period of	[W]
1836 second · 5	الصلح جارى على القانون المجاز حتى	aṣ-ṣulḥi jārin ʿalā al-qānūni al-mujāzi ḥattā	the peace [is] current under the authorized rule until — notice syntax retained as written	[W]
1836 second · 6	يخبر أحد الجانبين الاخر بأنه قد يريد	yukhbira aḥadu al-jānibayni al-ākhara bi-annahu qad yurīdu	one of the two sides informs the other that it wishes	[W]
1836 second · 7	سنة بأن مراده قطعه فحينئذ	sanatan bi-anna murādahu qaṭʿahu fa-ḥīnaʾidhin	a year; that its intention is to sever it, whereupon — awkward source syntax retained	[W]
1836 second · 8	ينقطع بعد تمام تلك السنة	yanqaṭiʿu baʿda tamāmi tilka as-sanati	it ends after the completion of that year	[W]

The sealed clause says “remains continuing … for a period of fifty years”. It does not say “permanently,” and the preamble’s separate dāʾima declaration is not inserted into Article 25. The 1836 second witness alone adds إن شاء الله, بحول الله, and the notice tail; its awkward syntax is retained rather than modernized or smoothed from English. The delivery close begins separately on the same sealed folio, and the existing delivery exhibit remains unchanged. SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: the sealed print-211 facsimile and the independent print-59 second witness · the corrected dual-witness transcription of record, 2026-10-31.

“This Treaty shall continue in full Force, with the help of God for Fifty Years.” — The 1786 carried English of record (8 Stat. 100 tradition; translator of record Issac Cardoza Nuñez, per Barclay’s certificate).

“This treaty shall continue in force, with the help of God, for fifty years; after the expiration of which term, the treaty shall continue to be binding on both parties, until the one shall give twelve months’ notice to the other, of an intention to abandon it; in which case, its operations shall cease at the end of the twelve months.” — The 1836 English (Treaty of Meccanez [Meknes], September 16, 1836; 8 Stat. 487 tradition; the operative text in force today; marginal topic note of record: “Treaty to last fifty years, &c.”), transcribed from the LoC-certified copy of record (certification of September 4, 2014), certified PDF page 7 / statutory print 487, and exhibited for audit beside the Arabic standard and the 1836 second witness. Like every English rendering, an audit object, never the standard.

The delivery clause

The delivery — the book handed to Barclay (perfection of the grant)

“We have delivered this Book into the Hands of the before-mentioned Thomas Barclay on the first day of the blessed Month of Ramadan, in the Year One thousand two hundred.” — The delivery clause of record (1786), followed on the same page by Barclay’s translator certificate.

… توماس باركلي المذكور … شهر رمضان المبارك … غرة رمضان سنة ١٢٠٠

The delivery clause (the 1786 treaty-form face, same folio) [S anchors]. Carried English: “We have delivered this Book into the Hands of the before-mentioned Thomas Barclay on the first day of the blessed Month of Ramadan, in the Year One thousand two hundred.” The same page carries Barclay’s certificate naming the translator of record, Issac Cardoza Nuñez, Interpreter at Morocco.

The close of the instrument on the same folio face (folio ٢٥, print 211; DOR-AF PDF 28).

Verify: DOR-AF PDF 28 · Barclay’s translator certificate as carried (the 1786 English close).

Word by word — the doctrine-bearing units
Arabic	Transliteration	Gloss and carried English	Flag
غُرَّة رَمَضَان سَنَة ١٢٠٠	ghurrata Ramaḍāna sanata 1200	“the first of Ramadan, year 1200” (1786) — the hand-over date of the sealed book	[S]

The delivery clause is the instrument’s **attestation of hand-over** — the perfection-of-grant moment: in the hiba analysis, delivery/possession (qabḍ) is what perfects. **SUMMARY — the full rule with its evidences: ḤIBAH ch. 6.**